Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

Antônio Ferro

  • 1 Ferro, Antônio

    (1895-1956)
       Writer, journalist, cultural leader, and diplomat in the early and middle phases of the Estado Novo. Born into a family with strong republican sympathies and enrolled as a student in Lisbon University's Law Faculty, Ferro soon abandoned his faith in the chaotic republic, quit studying law, and became a poet, writer, and journalist. His reputation as a modernist and nationalist who was also a cosmopolitan, celebrated, prolific, and well-traveled journalist was acquired during the years 1917-33, when his publications attracted much public attention. Ferro published best-selling accounts include exclusive personal interviews of right-wing dictators in Italy, Spain, and other countries; portraits of the United States, including Hollywood in the 1920s; and a depiction of the turbulent Spanish Republic prior to the Spanish Civil War.
       The best-selling book that brought Ferro a key government job with the Estado Novo was composed of a series of 1932 interviews with Portugal's dictator, Salazar-O Homem e a Sua Obra (1933). This sensational book advanced an appealing image of Antônio de Oliveira Salazar, recently appointed premier by the military. The next year, Salazar invited Ferro to head the government's new information arm, Secretariado de Propaganda Nacional, which was renamed Secretariado Nacional da Informação (SNI) in 1944. From 1933 to 1949, Ferro directed this agency. Later alienated by the political situation, he was posted as a diplomat to Berne and Rome. Ferro married the Lisbon-based writer Maria Fernanda de Castro (1900-94). She collaborated with him on many writing and film projects. Ferro's so-called "policy of the Spirit" was a cultural policy that blended modernism, nationalism, and conservative values in the plastic and performing arts, film, and literature. After his diplomatic service abroad, he died in Lisbon.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Ferro, Antônio

  • 2 Guterres, António Manuel de

    (1949-)
       Socialist Party leader, engineer, and politician, prime minister of Portugal (19952002). Born in Lisbon in a lower-middle-class family with roots in Beira Alta district (central Portugal), Guterres was trained as an electrical engineer and physicist. In his twenties, he abandoned academic pursuits to enter politics and was active in the university Catholic youth movement. Following the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Guterres became active in the Socialist Party (PS) leadership and joined several administrations' ministries during provisional governments (1974-75). From 1976 to 1983, he was an elected deputy for the Assembly of the Republic and was reelected to the same body as a deputy in 1985, serving until 1988. In the late 1980s, he reached the top rungs of the PS leadership. He directed the PS's electoral campaign of 1987. When the PS defeated the Social Democratic Party (PSD) in both the general legislative elections of 1995 and 1999, Guterres was named and served as prime minister.
       Following the PSD's defeat of the PS in the December 2001 municipal elections, Guterres unexpectedly resigned as chief of the PS and became a caretaker prime minister as President Jorge Sampaio called for parliamentary elections in March 2002. Guterres was replaced as PS leader and candidate for prime minister by Ferro Rodrigues. In the 17 March 2002 elections, the PSD defeated the PS, but only by a slim margin. Guterres left the premiership and withdrew from active politics.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Guterres, António Manuel de

  • 3 Art

       Portugal did not produce an artist of sufficient ability to gain recognition outside the country until the 19th century. Domingos Antônio Segueira (1768-1837) became well known in Europe for his allegorical religious and historical paintings in a neoclassical style. Portuguese painting during the 19th century emphasized naturalism and did not keep abreast of artistic innovations being made in other European countries. Portugal's best painters lived abroad especially in France. The most successful was Amadeo Souza- Cardoso who, while living in Paris, worked with the modernists Modigliani, Georges Braque, and Juan Gris. Souza-Cardoso introduced modernism into Portuguese painting in the early 20th century. A sustained modernist movement did not develop in Portugal, however. Naturalism remained the dominant school, and Portugal remained isolated from international artistic trends, owing to Portugal's conservative artistic climate, which prevented new forms of art from taking root, and the lack of support from an artistically sophisticated, art-buying elite supported by a system of galleries and foundations.
       Interestingly, it was during the conservative Estado Novo that modernism began to take root in Portugal. As Prime Minister Antônio de Oliveira Salazar's secretary for national propaganda, Antônio Ferro, a writer, journalist, and cultural leader who admired Mussolini, encouraged the government to allow modern artists to create the heroic imagery of the Estado Novo following the Italian model that linked fascism with futurism. The most important Portuguese artist of this period was Almada Negreiros, who did the murals on the walls of the legendary café A Brasileira in the Chiado district of Lisbon, the paintings at the Exposition of the Portuguese World (1940), and murals at the Lisbon docks. Other artists of note during this period included Mário Eloy (1900-51), who was trained in Germany and influenced by George Grosz and Otto Dix; Domingos Alvarez (1906-42); and Antônio Pedro (1909-66).
       During the 1950s, the Estado Novo ceased to encourage artists to collaborate, as Portuguese artists became more critical of the regime. The return to Portugal of Antônio Pedro in 1947 led to the emergence of a school of geometric abstract painting in Oporto and the reawakening of surrealism. The art deco styles of the 1930s gave way to surrealism and abstract expression.
       In the 1960s, links between Portugal's artistic community and the international art world strengthened. Conscription for the wars against the nationalist insurgencies in Angola, Mozambique, and Guinea- Bissau (1961-75) resulted in a massive exodus of Portugal's avante-garde artists to Europe to avoid military service. While abroad, artists such as Joaquin Rodrigo (1912-93), Paula Rego (1935-), João Cutileiro (1947-), and others forged links with British, French, Italian, and Spanish artistic communities.
       The Revolution of 25 April 1974 created a crisis for Portugal's artists. The market for works of art collapsed as left-wing governments, claiming that they had more important things to do (eliminate poverty, improve education), withdrew support for the arts. Artists declared their talents to be at the "service of the people," and a brief period of socialist realism prevailed. With the return of political stability and moderate governments during the 1980s, Portugal's commercial art scene revived, and a new period of creativity began. Disenchantment with the socialist realism (utopianism) of the Revolution and a deepening of individualism began to be expressed by Portuguese artists. Investment in the arts became a means of demonstrating one's wealth and social status, and an unprecedented number of art galleries opened, art auctions were held, and a new generation of artists became internationally recognized. In 1984, a museum of modern art was built by the Gulbenkian Foundation adjacent to its offices on the Avenida de Berna in Lisbon. A national museum of modern art was finally built in Oporto in 1988.
       In the 1980s, Portugal's new generation of painters blended post-conceptualism and subjectivism, as well as a tendency toward decon-structionism/reconstructionism, in their work. Artists such as Cabrita Reis (1956-), Pedro Calapez (1953-), José Pedro Croft (1957-), Rui Sanches (1955-), and José de Guimarães (1949-) gained international recognition during this period. Guimarães crosses African art themes with Western art; Sarmento invokes images of film, culture, photography, American erotica, and pulp fiction toward sex, violence, and pleasure; Reis evolved from a painter to a maker of installation artist using chipboard, plaster, cloth, glass, and electrical and plumbing materials.
       From the end of the 20th century and during the early years of the 21st century, Portugal's art scene has been in a state of crisis brought on by a declining art trade and a withdrawal of financial support by conservative governments. Although not as serious as the collapse of the 1970s, the current situation has divided the Portuguese artistic community between those, such as Cerveira Pito and Leonel Moura, who advocate a return to using primitive, strongly textured techniques and others such as João Paulo Feliciano (1963-), who paint constructivist works that poke fun at the relationship between art, money, society, and the creative process. Thus, at the beginning of the 21st century, the factors that have prevented Portuguese art from achieving and sustaining international recognition (the absence of a strong art market, depending too much on official state support, and the individualistic nature of Portuguese art production) are still to be overcome.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Art

  • 4 Literature

       The earliest known examples of literary writing in the Portuguese language is a collection of songbooks ( cancioneiros) that date from the 12th century, written by anonymous court troubadours, aristocrats, and clerics with poetic and musical talent. In the 13th and 14th centuries, ballads ( romanceiros) became popular at court. One of these written after the battle of Aljubarrota is considered to be the Portuguese equivalent of the English Arthurian legend. Literary prose in Portuguese began in the 14th century, with the compilation of chronicles ( chrónicos) written by Fernão Lopes de Castenhada who was commissioned by King Duarte (1430-38) to write a history of the House of Aviz.
       During the 15th and 16th centuries, Portuguese chroniclers turned their attention to the discoveries and the Portuguese overseas empire. The Portuguese discoveries in India and Asia were chronicled by João de Barros, whose writing appeared posthumously under the pen name of Diogo Do Couto; Fernão Lopes de Castenhade wrote a 10-volume chronicle of the Portuguese in India. The most famous chronicle from this period was the Peregrinação (Pilgrimage), a largely true adventure story and history of Portugal that was as popular among 17th-century readers in Iberia as was Miguel de Cer-vantes's Don Quixote. Portugal's most celebrated work of national literature, The Lusiads ( Os Lusíadas), written by Luís de Camões chronicled Vasco da Gama's voyage to India (1497-99) within the context of the history of Portugal.
       During the period when Portugal was under Spanish domination (1580-1640), the preferred language of literary expression was Castilian Spanish. The greatest writer of this period was Francisco Manuel de Melo, who wrote in Castilian and Portuguese. His most famous work is an eyewitness account of the 1640 Catalan revolt against Castile, Historia de los Movimientos y Separación de Cata-luna (1645), which allowed the Portuguese monarchy to regain its independence that same year.
       Little of note was written during the 17th century with the exception of Letters of a Portuguese Nun, an enormously popular work in the French language thought to have been written by Sister Mariana Alcoforado to a French officer Noel Bouton, Marquise de Chamilly.
       Modern Portuguese writing began in the early 19th century with the appearance of the prose-fiction of João Baptista de Almeida Garrett and the historian-novelist Alexandre Herculano. The last half of the 19th century was dominated by the Generation of 1870, which believed that Portugal was, due to the monarchy and the Catholic Church, a European backwater. Writers such as José Maria Eça de Queirós dissected the social decadence of their day and called for reform and national renewal. The most famous Portuguese poet of the 20th century is, without doubt, Fernando Pessoa, who wrote poetry and essays in English and Portuguese under various names. António Ferro (1895-1956) published best-selling accounts of the right-wing dictatorships in Italy and Spain that endeared him to Prime Minister António de Oliveira Salazar, who made him the Estado Novo's secretary of national propaganda.
       The various responses of the Portuguese people to the colonial African wars (1961-75) were chronicled by António Lobo Antunes. In 1998, the noted Portuguese novelist, poet, essayist, and travel writer, José Saramago was awarded the Nobel Prize in Literature, the first writer in the Portuguese language of whatever nationality to be so honored. His most famous novels translated into English include: Baltazar and Blimunda (1987), The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis (1991), and The History of the Siege of Lisbon (1996).

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Literature

  • 5 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

       ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).
       ■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).
       ■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.
       ■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.
       ■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.
       ■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.
       ■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.
       ■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.
       ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.
       ■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.
       ■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.
       ■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.
       ■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.
       ■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.
       ■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.
       ■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL
       ■ Adragão, José Victor. The Algarve: The Land, the Sea and Its People. Lisbon, 1988.
       ■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.
       ■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.
       ■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.
       ■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.
       ■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.
       ■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.
       ■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.
       ■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.
       ■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.
       ■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.
       ■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.
       ■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)
       ■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.
       ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.
       ■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.
       ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.
       ■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.
       ■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.
       ■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.
       ■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.
       ■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.
       ■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.
       ■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.
       ■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.
       ■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.
       ■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.
       ■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.
       ■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.
       ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.
       ■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.
       ■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.
       ■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.
       ■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.
       ■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.
       ■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.
       ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.
       ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.
       ■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.
       ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.
       ■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.
       ■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.
       ■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.
       ■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.
       ■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.
       ■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.
       ■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.
       ■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.
       ■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.
       ■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.
       ■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.
       ■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.
       ■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.
       ■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.
       ■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.
       ■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.
       ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.
       ■. Portugal, 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.
       ■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.
       ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.
       ■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.
       ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.
       ■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.
       ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.
       ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.
       ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.
       ■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.
       ■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.
       ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.
       ■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.
       ■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.
       ■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.
       ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.
       ■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.
       ■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.
       ■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.
       ■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.
       ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.
       ■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.
       ■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.
       ■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.
       ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.
       ■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.
       ■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.
       ■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.
       ■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.
       ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.
       ■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.
       ■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.
       ■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.
       ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.
       ■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.
       ■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.
       ■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.
       ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.
       ■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.
       ■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.
       ■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.
       ■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.
       ■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.
       ■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.
       ■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.
       ■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.
       ■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.
       ■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.
       ■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.
       ■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.
       ■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.
       ■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.
       ■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.
       ■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.
       ■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.
       ■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)
       ■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.
       ■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.
       ■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.
       ■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.
       ■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.
       ■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.
       ■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.
       ■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.
       ■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.
       ■ Chagas, João. Diário, 1914-1918, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1929-30.
       ■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.
       ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.
       ■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.
       ■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.
       ■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.
       ■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.
       ■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.
       ■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.
       ■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.
       ■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.
       ■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.
       ■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.
       ■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.
       ■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.
       ■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.
       ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.
       ■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.
       ■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa 1917. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.
       ■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.
       ■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.
       ■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.
       ■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.
       ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.
       ■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.
       ■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.
       ■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.
       ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.
       ■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.
       ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.
       ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.
       ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.
       ■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.
       ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.
       ■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.
       ■. Um Homem Bom: Aristides De Sousa Mendes, O " Wallenberg Portuguese' Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.
       ■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.
       ■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.
       ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.
       ■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.
       ■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.
       ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.
       ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.
       ■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.
       ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.
       ■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.
       ■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).
       ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.
       ■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.
       ■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.
       ■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.
       ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.
       ■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.
       ■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.
       ■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.
       ■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.
       ■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.
       ■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.
       ■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.
       ■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.
       ■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.
       ■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.
       ■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.
       ■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.
       ■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.
       ■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.
       ■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.
       ■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.
       ■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.
       ■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.
       ■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.
       ■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.
       ■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.
       ■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.
       ■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.
       ■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.
       ■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.
       ■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.
       ■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.
       ■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.
       ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.
       ■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.
       ■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.
       ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.
       ■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.
       ■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.
       ■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■. Ditadura: O " Estado Novo," 2 vols., in his História Contemporânea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.
       ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.
       ■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.
       ■. História de Portugal, 1933-1974: II Supplemento. Oporto, 1981.
       ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.
       ■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.
       ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.
       ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.
       ■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.
       ■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.
       ■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.
       ■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.
       ■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.
       ■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.
       ■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.
       ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.
       ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.
       ■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.
       ■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.
       ■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.
       ■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.
       ■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.
       ■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.
       ■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan
       ■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.
       ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.
       ■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.
       ■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.
       ■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De
       ■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.
       ■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.
       ■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.
       ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.
       ■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.
       ■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.
       ■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.
       ■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.
       ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.
       ■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.
       ■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.
       ■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.
       ■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.
       ■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.
       ■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.
       ■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.
       ■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.
       ■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.
       ■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.
       ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.
       ■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.
       ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.
       ■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.
       ■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.
       ■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.
       ■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.
       ■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.
       ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.
       ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.
       ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.
       ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.
       ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.
       ■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.
       ■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.
       ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.
       ■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.
       ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.
       ■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.
       ■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.
       ■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.
       ■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.
       ■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.
       ■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.
       ■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.
       ■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.
       ■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.
       ■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.
       ■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.
       ■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.
       ■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.
       ■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.
       ■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.
       ■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.
       ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.
       ■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.
       ■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.
       ■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.
       ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.
       ■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.
       ■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.
       ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.
       ■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.
       ■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.
       ■. Os Acores E O Controlo Do Atlantico ( 1898/ 1948). Lisbon: Ed. Asa, 1993.
       ■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.
       ■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.
       ■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.
       ■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.
       ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.
       ■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.
       ■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.
       ■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.
       ■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.
       ■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.
       ■ The Military
       ■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.
       ■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.
       ■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.
       ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.
       ■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.
       ■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.
       ■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.
       ■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.
       ■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.
       ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.
       ■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.
       ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.
       ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.
       ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.
       ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.
       ■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.
       ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.
       ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.
       ■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.
       ■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.
       ■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.
       ■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.
       ■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.
       ■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.
       ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.
       ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.
       ■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.
       ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.
       ■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.
       ■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.
       ■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.
       ■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.
       ■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.
       ■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.
       ■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.
       ■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.
       ■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.
       ■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.
       ■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.
       ■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.
       ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.
       ■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.
       ■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.
       ■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.
       ■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.
       ■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.
       ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.
       ■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.
       ■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.
       ■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.
       ■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.
       ■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.
       ■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.
       ■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.
       ■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.
       ■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.
       ■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.
       ■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.
       ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.
       ■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.
       ■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.
       ■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.
       ■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.
       ■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.
       ■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.
       ■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.
       ■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.
       ■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.
       ■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.
       ■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.
       ■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.
       ■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.
       ■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.
       ■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.
       ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).
       ■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).
       ■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.
       ■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.
       ■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.
       ■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.
       ■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.
       ■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.
       ■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.
       ■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.
       ■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.
       ■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.
       ■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.
       ■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.
       ■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.
       ■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.
       ■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.
       ■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.
       ■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).
       ■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.
       ■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.
       ■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.
       ■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].
       ■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.
       ■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.
       ■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.
       ■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.
       ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.
       ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.
       ■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,
       ■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.
       ■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).
       ■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.
       ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Stock, Maria José. Os Partidos do Poder: Dez Anos Depois do " 25 De Abril." Evora, 1986.
       ■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.
       ■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.
       ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.
       ■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.
       ■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.
       ■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.
       ■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA
       ■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.
       ■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.
       ■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.
       ■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.
       ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.
       ■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.
       ■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.
       ■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.
       ■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.
       ■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.
       ■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.
       ■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY
       ■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).
       ■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da
       ■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.
       ■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.
       ■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.
       ■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.
       ■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.
       ■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.
       ■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.
       ■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.
       ■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.
       ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.
       ■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:
       ■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.
       ■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS
       ■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.
       ■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.
       ■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.
       ■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.
       ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.
       ■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.
       ■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.
       ■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.
       ■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.
       ■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.
       ■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.
       ■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.
       ■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.
       ■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.
       ■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.
       ■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.
       ■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.
       ■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.
       ■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.
       ■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.
       ■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.
       ■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.
       ■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.
       ■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.
       ■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.
       ■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.
       ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.
       ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.
       ■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.
       ■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.
       ■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.
       ■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.
       ■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.
       ■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION
       ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.
       ■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.
       ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.
       ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.
       ■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.
       ■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.
       ■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.
       ■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.
       ■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.
       ■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.
       ■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.
       ■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.
       ■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.
       ■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.
       ■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.
       ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.
       ■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]
       ■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.
       ■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.
       ■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.
       ■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.
       ■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.
       ■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.
       ■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.
       ■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.
       ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.
       ■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.
       ■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.
       ■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.
       ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.
       ■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.
       ■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.
       ■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.
       ■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.
       ■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.
       ■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)
       ■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.
       ■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.
       ■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.
       ■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.
       ■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.
       ■. Velho Brasil, Novas Africas: Portugal e o Império ( 1808-1975). Oporto: Afrontamento, 2000.
       ■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.
       ■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.
       ■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.
       ■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.
       ■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.
       ■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.
       ■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.
       ■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.
       ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.
       ■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.
       ■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.
       ■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.
       ■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.
       ■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.
       ■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.
       ■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.
       ■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.
       ■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.
       ■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.
       ■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.
       ■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.
       ■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.
       ■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.
       ■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.
       ■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.
       ■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.
       ■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.
       ■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.
       ■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.
       ■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.
       ■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.
       ■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.
       ■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.
       ■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.
       ■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.
       ■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.
       ■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.
       ■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.
       ■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.
       ■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.
       ■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.
       ■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.
       ■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.
       ■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.
       ■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.
       ■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.
       ■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.
       ■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.
       ■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.
       ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.
       ■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.
       ■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.
       ■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.
       ■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.
       ■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.
       ■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.
       ■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.
       ■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.
       ■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.
       ■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.
       ■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.
       ■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.
       ■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.
       ■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.
       ■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.
       ■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.
       ■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.
       ■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.
       ■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.
       ■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.
       ■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.
       ■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.
       ■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.
       ■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.
       ■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.
       ■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.
       ■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.
       ■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.
       ■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.
       ■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.
       ■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.
       ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.
       ■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.
       ■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.
       ■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.
       ■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.
       ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.
       ■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.
       ■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.
       ■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.
       ■. Timor En Guerre: Le Crocodile et les Portugais ( 1847-1913). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1996.
       ■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.
       ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.
       ■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).
       ■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.
       ■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.
       ■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.
       ■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.
       ■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.
       ■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.
       ■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.
       ■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.
       ■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.
       ■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.
       ■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.
       ■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.
       ■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.
       ■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.
       ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.
       ■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.
       ■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.
       ■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.
       ■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.
       ■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.
       ■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.
       ■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.
       ■. The Reign of the Fortunate King ( Manuel I), 1495-1521. Hamden, Conn.: Archon, 1969.
       ■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].
       ■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.
       ■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.
       ■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.
       ■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.
       ■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.
       ■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.
       ■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.
       ■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.
       ■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.
       ■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.
       ■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.
       ■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.
       ■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.
       ■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.
       ■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.
       ■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.
       ■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.
       ■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.
       ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.
       ■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.
       ■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.
       ■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.
       ■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.
       ■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.
       ■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.
       ■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.
       ■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.
       ■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.
       ■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.
       ■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.
       ■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.
       ■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.
       ■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.
       ■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.
       ■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.
       ■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.
       ■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.
       ■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.
       ■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.
       ■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.
       ■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.
       ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.
       ■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.
       ■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.
       ■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.
       ■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).
       ■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.
       ■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.
       ■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.
       ■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.
       ■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.
       ■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.
       ■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.
       ■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.
       ■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.
       ■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.
       ■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.
       ■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.
       ■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.
       ■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.
       ■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.
       ■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.
       ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.
       ■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.
       ■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.
       ■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.
       ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.
       ■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.
       ■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.
       ■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.
       ■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.
       ■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.
       ■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.
       ■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.
       ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.
       ■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.
       ■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.
       ■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.
       ■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.
       ■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.
       ■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.
       ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.
       ■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.
       ■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.
       ■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)
       ■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.
       ■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.
       ■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.
       ■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.
       ■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.
       ■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.
       ■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.
       ■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.
       ■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.
       ■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.
       ■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.
       ■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.
       ■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.
       ■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.
       ■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).
       ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.
       ■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.
       ■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.
       ■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.
       ■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.
       ■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.
       ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.
       ■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.
       ■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.
       ■ Crollen, Luc. Portugal, the U.S. and NATO. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1973.
       ■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.
       ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.
       ■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.
       ■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.
       ■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.
       ■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.
       ■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.
       ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.
       ■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.
       ■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.
       ■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.
       ■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.
       ■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.
       ■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.
       ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.
       ■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.
       ■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.
       ■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.
       ■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.
       ■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.
       ■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.
       ■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.
       ■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.
       ■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.
       ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.
       ■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.
       ■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.
       ■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.
       ■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.
       ■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.
       ■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.
       ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).
       ■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.
       ■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.
       ■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.
       ■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.
       ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.
       ■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.
       ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.
       ■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.
       ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.
       ■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY
       ■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.
       ■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.
       ■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.
       ■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.
       ■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.
       ■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.
       ■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.
       ■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.
       ■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.
       ■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.
       ■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.
       ■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.
       ■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.
       ■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.
       ■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.
       ■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.
       ■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.
       ■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.
       ■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.
       ■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.
       ■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.
       ■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.
       ■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.
       ■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.
       ■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.
       ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.
       ■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.
       ■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.
       ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.
       ■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.
       ■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.
       ■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.
       ■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.
       ■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.
       ■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In
       ■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.
       ■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.
       ■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.
       ■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.
       ■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.
       ■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.
       ■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.
       ■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.
       ■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.
       ■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.
       ■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.
       ■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.
       ■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.
       ■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.
       ■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.
       ■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC
       ■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.
       ■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.
       ■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.
       ■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.
       ■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.
       ■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.
       ■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.
       ■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.
       ■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.
       ■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.
       ■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.
       ■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.
       ■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.
       ■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.
       ■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.
       ■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.
       ■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.
       ■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.
       ■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.
       ■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.
       ■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.
       ■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.
       ■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.
       ■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.
       ■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.
       ■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.
       ■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.
       ■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.
       ■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.
       ■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.
       ■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.
       ■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.
       ■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.
       ■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.
       ■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.
       ■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.
       ■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.
       ■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.
       ■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.
       ■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.
       ■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.
       ■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.
       ■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.
       ■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.
       ■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.
       ■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.
       ■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.
       ■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.
       ■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.
       ■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.
       ■ Cinema
       ■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.
       ■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.
       ■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.
       ■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.
       ■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.
       ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.
       ■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.
       ■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.
       ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.
       ■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.
       ■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:
       ■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:
       ■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.
       ■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.
       ■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.
       ■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.
       ■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.
       ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.
       ■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.
       ■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.
       ■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.
       ■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.
       ■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.
       ■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature
       ■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.
       ■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.
       ■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.
       ■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.
       ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.
       ■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.
       ■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.
       ■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.
       ■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.
       ■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.
       ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.
       ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.
       ■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.
       ■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.
       ■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.
       ■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.
       ■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.
       ■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.
       ■. História das Inquisições: Portugal, Espanha e Itália. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1994.
       ■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.
       ■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.
       ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.
       ■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.
       ■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.
       ■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.
       ■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.
       ■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.
       ■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.
       ■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.
       ■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.
       ■ Literature in English Translation: Selection
       ■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.
       ■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.
       ■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.
       ■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.
       ■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.
       ■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.
       ■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.
       ■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.
       ■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.
       ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.
       ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.
       ■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.
       ■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.
       ■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.
       ■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.
       ■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.
       ■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.
       ■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.
       ■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.
       ■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.
       ■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.
       ■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.
       ■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.
       ■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.
       ■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.
       ■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.
       ■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.
       ■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].
       ■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George
       ■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.
       ■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.
       ■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.
       ■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.
       ■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.
       ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.
       ■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.
       ■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.
       ■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.
       ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.
       ■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.
       ■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.
       ■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.
       ■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.
       ■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.
       ■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.
       ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.
       ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.
       ■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.
       ■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.
       ■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.
       ■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.
       ■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.
       ■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.
       ■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.
       ■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.
       ■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.
       ■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.
       ■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.
       ■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.
       ■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.
       ■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.
       ■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.
       ■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.
       ■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.
       ■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.
       ■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.
       ■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.
       ■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.
       ■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.
       ■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.
       ■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.
       ■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.
       ■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.
       ■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine
       ■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.
       ■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.
       ■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.
       ■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.
       ■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.
       ■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.
       ■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.
       ■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.
       ■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.
       ■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.
       ■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.
       ■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.
       ■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.
       ■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.
       ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.
       ■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.
       ■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.
       ■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.
       ■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.
       ■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.
       ■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.
       ■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.
       ■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.
       ■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.
       ■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.
       ■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.
       ■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.
       ■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History
       ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.
       ■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.
       ■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.
       ■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.
       ■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.
       ■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.
       ■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.
       ■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.
       ■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.
       ■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.
       ■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).
       ■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).
       ■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.
       ■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.
       ■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.
       ■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.
       ■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.
       ■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.
       ■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.
       ■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.
       ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.
       ■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.
       ■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.
       ■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.
       ■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.
       ■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.
       ■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.
       ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.
       ■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.
       ■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.
       ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.
       ■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.
       ■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.
       ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.
       ■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.
       ■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.
       ■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.
       ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.
       ■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.
       ■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.
       ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.
       ■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.
       ■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.
       ■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.
       ■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing
       ■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.
       ■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.
       ■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.
       ■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.
       ■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.
       ■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.
       ■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.
       ■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.
       ■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.
       ■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.
       ■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.
       ■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.
       ■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.
       ■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.
       ■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.
       ■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.
       ■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.
       ■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.
       ■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.
       ■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■ Moreira da Fonseca, A. Port Wine: Notes on Its History, Production and Technology. Oporto, 1981.
       ■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.
       ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.
       ■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.
       ■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.
       ■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.
       ■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.
       ■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.
       ■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.
       ■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.
       ■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.
       ■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.
       ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.
       ■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.
       ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.
       ■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.
       ■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.
       ■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.
       ■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.
       ■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT
       ■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.
       ■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.
       ■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.
       ■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.
       ■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.
       ■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.
       ■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.
       ■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).
       ■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.
       ■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.
       ■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.
       ■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.
       ■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.
       ■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.
       ■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.
       ■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.
       ■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].
       ■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.
       ■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.
       ■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.
       ■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.
       ■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.
       ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.
       ■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.
       ■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.
       ■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.
       ■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.
       ■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL
       ■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.
       ■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.
       ■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.
       ■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.
       ■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.
       ■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.
       ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.
       ■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.
       ■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.
       ■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.
       ■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.
       ■ EQUESTRIANISM
       ■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.
       ■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.
       ■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.
       ■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.
       ■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,
       ■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.
       ■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.com

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

  • 6 catena

    "chain;
    Kette;
    chaine;
    cadena;
    corrente"
    * * *
    f chain
    catene pl da neve snow chains
    reazione f a catena chain reaction
    catena di montaggio assembly line
    catena montuosa mountain range, chain of mountains
    * * *
    catena s.f.
    1 chain: catena dell'uscio, door chain; una lunga catena di ferro, a long iron chain; mettere un cane alla catena, to put a dog on the chain; prigioniero in catene, prisoner in chains, ( in ceppi) prisoner in fetters // catene da neve, ( per auto) snow chains
    2 (fig.) bond, tie; shackles (pl.): le catene dell'amicizia, the bonds of friendship; liberarsi dalle catene del convenzionalismo, to shake off the shackles of convention; spezzare le catene, to shake off one's fetters; tenere qlcu. in catene, to keep s.o. in complete subjection
    3 ( serie, successione) chain, succession, sequence: catena di avvenimenti, chain of events // catena di S. Antonio, chain letter // catena alimentare, food chain
    4 (comm., econ.) chain, line: una catena di negozi, chain of shops; negozi a catena, chain stores (o multiple shops); una catena di supermercati, a string of supermarkets; catena di giornali, newspaper chain; catena di distribuzione, chain of distribution; catena di montaggio, assembly line; catena di produzione, chain of production
    5 ( di montagne) chain, range; ( di monti) ridge: catena montuosa, mountain range
    6 (scient.) chain // (mat.): catena ascendente, ascending chain; regola della catena, chain rule // (chim.): catena aperta, chiusa, open, closed chain (of atoms); reazione a catena, chain reaction.
    * * *
    [ka'tena] 1.
    sostantivo femminile

    legare un cane alla catena — to put a dog on a chain, to chain (up) a dog

    mettere qcn. in -e — to put sb. in chains, to chain sb.

    rompere o spezzare le -efig. to cast off one's chains, to break the bonds

    3) geogr. chain, range
    4) comm.

    catena di supermercati, alberghi — supermarket, hotel chain

    5) chim. chain

    tamponamento a catenaaut. (multiple) pile-up

    produzione a catenaind. mass production

    2.
    sostantivo femminile plurale catene aut.

    catena di montaggioassembly o production line

    * * *
    catena
    /ka'tena/
    I sostantivo f.
     1 chain; catena della bicicletta bycicle chain; legare un cane alla catena to put a dog on a chain, to chain (up) a dog; mettere qcn. in -e to put sb. in chains, to chain sb.; rompere o spezzare le -e fig. to cast off one's chains, to break the bonds
     3 geogr. chain, range
     4 comm. catena di negozi chain of stores; catena di supermercati, alberghi supermarket, hotel chain
     5 chim. chain
     6 a catena catastrofi a catena a series of disasters; reazione a catena chain reaction; tamponamento a catena aut. (multiple) pile-up; produzione a catena ind. mass production
    II catene f.pl.
     aut. - e (da neve) snow chains
    catena alimentare food chain; catena di montaggio assembly o production line; catena montuosa mountain range o chain; catena di sant'Antonio chain letter.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > catena

  • 7 fuoco

    m (pl -chi) fire
    dar fuoco a qualcosa set fire to something
    military far fuoco (open) fire
    * * *
    fuoco s.m.
    1 fire (anche fig.); ( fiamma) flame: fuoco di legna, wood fire; fuoco scoppiettante, crackling fire; a prova di fuoco, fireproof; accendere, spegnere il fuoco, to light, to put out the fire; appiccare, dare fuoco a qlco., to set fire to sthg. (o to set sthg. on fire); fare un fuoco, to make a fire; prendere fuoco, to catch fire; (fig.) to flare up: prende fuoco per la minima cosa, he flares up at the least thing; andare a fuoco, to burn (o to go up in flames); cuocere a fuoco basso per due ore, to cook on a low flame for two hours; soffiare sul fuoco, to kindle the fire, (fig.) to fan the flames // non scherzare col fuoco, don't play with fire // prova del fuoco, (fig.) crucial test // fuoco fatuo, ignis fatuus; (fam.) will-o'-the-wisp (o jack-o'-lantern) // hai del fuoco, per piacere?, can I have a light, please? // per lei andrei nel fuoco, (fig.) I'd go through fire and water for her // far fuoco e fiamme, (fig.) to leave no stone unturned (o to move heaven and earth) // farsi di fuoco, to blush // sto male, ho la fronte di fuoco, I feel ill, my forehead is burning // mettere a ferro e fuoco, to put (sthg.) to fire and sword // mettere la mano sul fuoco, (fig.) to stake one's reputation // mettere troppa carne al fuoco, (fig.) to have too many irons in the fire // bollare a fuoco, to brand (anche fig.) // verniciare a fuoco, to bake varnish
    2 (fig.) ( ardore, passione) fire, ardour, passion: il fuoco delle passioni, the fire of passion; fuoco di gioventù, youthful ardour; parole di fuoco, passionate (o fiery) words; sguardo di fuoco, angry glance // un fuoco di paglia, a flash in the pan
    3 ( incendio) fire: al fuoco!, al fuoco!, fire!, fire!; vigile del fuoco, fireman; vigili del fuoco, ( il corpo) fire-brigade
    4 ( focolare) fire; hearth; ( caminetto) fireside: il cantuccio del fuoco, the chimney corner; stava seduta presso il fuoco, she was sitting by the fire
    5 ( fornello) burner, flame: una cucina a quattro fuochi, a cooker with four burners (o rings)
    6 (mil.) fire: fuoco di fila, running fire (anche fig.): un fuoco di fila di domande, a running fire of questions; fuoco di fucileria, rifle fire; fuoco di sbarramento, barrage; fuoco incrociato, crossfire; scontro a fuoco, fire fight; arma da fuoco, firearm; battesimo del fuoco, baptism of fire; aprite il fuoco!, open fire!; cessate il fuoco!, cease fire!; essere fra due fuochi, to be between two fires (anche fig.); fare fuoco contro qlcu., qlco., to fire at s.o., at sthg.; stare sotto il fuoco del nemico, to be under the enemy's fire; incidente di fuoco amico, friendly fire incident // fuoco greco, (st.) Greek fire
    7 fuochi d'artificio, fireworks; fuoco del Bengala, Bengal fire (o light)
    8 pl. (mar.) ( fanali) lights; ( delle caldaie) fires: attivare i fuochi, to make all steam; lasciar spegnere i fuochi, to let the fires go out
    9 (med.) fuoco di Sant'Antonio, St. Anthony's fire
    10 (fis., mat., fot.) focus*: fuoco fisso, fixed focus (abbr. f.f.); dispositivo di messa a fuoco, focusing device; messa a fuoco, focalization; mettere a fuoco, to focus (o to focalize o to bring into focus); mettiamo a fuoco il problema e cerchiamo di risolverlo, let's put the problem into perspective (o let's focus the problem) and try to resolve it // fuoco di Sant'Elmo, St. Elmo's fire (o corposant).
    * * *
    ['fwɔko] fuoco (-chi)
    1. sm
    1) fire
    2) (Culin : fornello) ring

    cuocere a fuoco lento/vivo — to cook over a low/high heat

    3) (Mil : sparo) fire

    cessare/aprire il fuoco — to cease/open fire

    2. agg inv
    3.
    * * *
    1.
    pl. - chi ['fwɔko, ki] sostantivo maschile
    1) fire

    accendere o fare un fuoco to light a fire; spegnere il fuoco to extinguish o put out the fire; andare a fuoco to go up in flames; prendere fuoco to catch fire, to burst into flames; hai del fuoco? — (per sigaretta) colloq. (have you) got a match?

    2) (fornello) burner, gas ring BE; (fiamma) heat

    a fuoco lento, vivo — on a low, high flame o gas o heat

    3) fig.
    4) mil. (spari)
    5) ott. focus*
    6) gioc.

    fuochino... fuocherello... fuoco! — you're getting hot... hotter... you are hot!

    2.
    aggettivo invariabile

    fuoco artificiale o d'artificio firework; fuoco di bivacco o di campo campfire; fuoco di copertura mil. covering fire; fuoco fatuo ignis fatuus, will-o'-the-wisp; fuoco di paglia flash in the pan; fuoco di sant'Antonio — shingles

    ••

    mettere a fuoco qcs. — to pin sth. down

    essere preso o trovarsi tra due -chi to be caught in the middle; essere sotto il fuoco incrociato to be o get caught in the crossfire; fuoco di fila di critiche barrage of criticism; gettarsi nel fuoco per qcn. to go through fire and water for sb.; fare fuoco e fiamme to breathe fire; soffiare sul fuoco to fan the flames; dare fuoco alle polveri to bring things to a head; giocare o scherzare col fuoco to play with fire; avere molta carne al fuoco to have a lot of irons in the fire; ci metterei la mano sul fuoco! I'm willing to bet on it! gettare olio sul fuoco add fuel to the fire; versare acqua sul fuoco — to pour oil on troubled waters

    * * *
    fuoco
    pl. - chi /'fwɔko, ki/
    I sostantivo m.
     1 fire; fuoco di legna wood fire; al fuoco! fire! accendere o fare un fuoco to light a fire; spegnere il fuoco to extinguish o put out the fire; andare a fuoco to go up in flames; prendere fuoco to catch fire, to burst into flames; hai del fuoco? (per sigaretta) colloq. (have you) got a match?
     2 (fornello) burner, gas ring BE; (fiamma) heat; a fuoco lento, vivo on a low, high flame o gas o heat
     3 fig. un discorso di fuoco a passionate speech; un temperamento di fuoco a fiery temperament
     4 mil. (spari) fuoco! fire! cessare il fuoco to cease fire; fare fuoco to fire (su at); aprire il fuoco to open fire; sotto il fuoco (del) nemico under enemy fire
     5 ott. focus*; a fuoco fisso fixed focus; messa a fuoco focalization
     6 gioc. fuochino... fuocherello... fuoco! you're getting hot... hotter... you are hot!
      rosso fuoco fiery red
    mettere a fuoco qcs. to pin sth. down; essere preso o trovarsi tra due -chi to be caught in the middle; essere sotto il fuoco incrociato to be o get caught in the crossfire; fuoco di fila di critiche barrage of criticism; gettarsi nel fuoco per qcn. to go through fire and water for sb.; fare fuoco e fiamme to breathe fire; soffiare sul fuoco to fan the flames; dare fuoco alle polveri to bring things to a head; giocare o scherzare col fuoco to play with fire; avere molta carne al fuoco to have a lot of irons in the fire; ci metterei la mano sul fuoco! I'm willing to bet on it! gettare olio sul fuoco add fuel to the fire; versare acqua sul fuoco to pour oil on troubled waters
    \
    fuoco artificiale o d'artificio firework; fuoco di bivacco o di campo campfire; fuoco di copertura mil. covering fire; fuoco fatuo ignis fatuus, will-o'-the-wisp; fuoco di paglia flash in the pan; fuoco di sant'Antonio shingles.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > fuoco

  • 8 volo

    1.
    vŏlo (2 d pers. sing. vis, orig. veis, Prisc. 9, 1, 6, p. 847 P.; 1 st pers. plur. volumus, but volimus, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 89 Speng.; 3 d pers. sing. volt, and 2 d pers. plur. voltis always in ante-class. writers;

    also volt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17, § 42; 2, 5, 49, § 128; id. Sest. 42, 90; id. Phil. 8, 9, 26; id. Par. 5, 1, 34; id. Rep. 3, 33, 45:

    voltis,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 53, § 122; 2, 3, 94, § 219; 2, 5, 5, § 11; 2, 3, 89, § 208; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 33; id. Sest. 30, 64; id. Par. 1, 2, 11 et saep. — Pres. subj. velim, but sometimes volim, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 44 Ritschl; cf. Prisc. 9, 1, 8, p. 848 P.;

    so volint,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 65 Ritschl), velle, volui ( part. fut. voliturus, Serv. ad Verg. A. 5, 712; contr. forms, vin for visne, freq. in Plaut. and Ter., also Hor. S. 1, 9, 69; Pers. 6, 63:

    sis for si vis,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 70; id. Merc. 4, 4, 37; id. Pers. 3, 3, 8; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 20; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 38; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42; id. Rosc. Am. 16, 48; id. Mil. 22, 60; Liv. 34, 32, 20:

    sultis for si voltis, only ante-class.,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. As. prol. 1; id. Capt. 2, 3, 96; 3, 5, 9; 4, 4, 11), v. irreg. a. [Sanscr. var-; Gr. bol-, boulomai; cf. the strengthened root Wel- in eeldomai, elpomai; Germ. wollen; Engl. will], expressing any exercise of volition, and corresponding, in most cases, to the Germ. wollen; in Engl. mostly rendered, to wish, want, intend, purpose, propose, be willing, consent, mean, will, and, impersonally, it is my will, purpose, intention, plan, policy (syn.: cupio, opto; but volo properly implies a purpose).
    I.
    In gen.
    A.
    With object-infinitive.
    1.
    With pres. inf.
    a.
    To wish.
    (α).
    Exire ex urbe priusquam luciscat volo, Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 35:

    potare ego hodie tecum volo,

    id. Aul. 3, 6, 33:

    ego quoque volo esse liber: nequiquam volo,

    id. Trin. 2, 4, 39; so id. ib. 2, 4, 164:

    ait rem seriam agere velle mecum,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8:

    natus enim debet quicunque est velle manere In vita,

    Lucr. 5, 177:

    video te alte spectare et velle in caelum migrare,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 34, 82:

    quid poetae? Nonne post mortem nobilitari volunt?

    id. ib. 1, 15, 34:

    si innocentes existimari volumus,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28:

    quoniam opinionis meae voluistis esse participes,

    id. de Or. 1, 37, 172:

    quod eas quoque nationes adire et regiones cognoscere volebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 7:

    si velit suos recipere, obsides sibi remittat,

    id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dominari illi volunt, vos liberi esse,

    Sall. J. 31, 23:

    si haec relinquere voltis,

    id. C. 58, 15:

    priusquam liberi estis, dominari jam in adversarios vultis,

    Liv. 3, 53, 7:

    si quis vestrum suos invisere volt, commeatum do,

    id. 21, 21, 5:

    non enim vincere tantum noluit, sed vinci voluit,

    id. 2, 59, 2:

    suspitionem Caesar quibusdam reliquit, neque voluisse se diutius vivere, neque curasse,

    Suet. Caes. 85:

    Eutrapelus cuicunque nocere volebat, Vestimenta dabat pretiosa,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 31.—
    (β).
    Idiomatically: quid arbitramini Rheginos merere velle ut ab iis marmorea illa Venus auferatur? what do you think the Rhegini would take for, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135.—
    (γ).
    Transf., of things: fabula quae posci vult et spectata reponi, a comedy which wishes (i. e. is meant) to be in demand, etc., Hor. A. P. 190:

    neque enim aut hiare semper vocalibus aut destitui temporibus volunt sermo atque epistula,

    Quint. 9, 4, 20; cf. id. 8, prooem. 23.—
    b.
    Of the wishes of those that have a right to command, the gods, masters, parents, commanders, etc., I want, wish, will, am resolved, it is my will:

    in acdibus quid tibi meis erat negoti...? Volo scire,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 14; 3, 2, 17; 3, 2, 18; 3, 6, 27; id. Curc. 4, 3, 11; id. Ep. 3, 4, 74; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74; 3, 1, 17; id. Stich. 1, 2, 56; Ter. And. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 17:

    maxima voce clamat populus, neque se uni, nec paucis velle parere,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55:

    consuesse deos immortalis, quos pro scelere eorum ulcisci velint, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 13:

    hic experiri vim virtutemque volo,

    Liv. 23, 45, 9.—
    c.
    = in animo habere, to intend, purpose, mean, design:

    ac volui inicere tragulam in nostrum senem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 4, 14:

    eadem quae illis voluisti facere tu, faciunt tibi,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 11; so id. Most. 2, 2, 5:

    puerumque clam voluit exstinguere,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 23:

    necare candem voluit,

    Cic. Cael. 13, 31: quid enim ad illum qui te captare vult, utrum [p. 2005] tacentem te irretiat an loquentem? id. Ac. 2, 29, 94:

    hostis hostem occidere volui,

    Liv. 2, 12, 9; 7, 34, 11: volui interdiu eum... occidere; volui, cum ad cenam invitavi, veneno scilicet tollere;

    volui... ferro interficere (ironically),

    id. 40, 13, 2:

    tuum crimen erit, hospitem occidere voluisse,

    the intention to kill your guest-friend, Val. Max. 5, 1, 3 fin.; 6, 1, 8:

    non enim vult mori, sed invidiam filio facere,

    Quint. 9, 2, 85.—

    Pregn., opp. optare: non vult mori qui optat,

    Sen. Ep. 117, 24:

    sed eo die is, cui dare volueram (epistulam), non est profectus,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7, 1:

    cum de senectute vellem aliquid scribere,

    id. Sen. 1, 2:

    ego te volui castigare, tu mihi accussatrix ades,

    Plaut. As. 3, 1, 10:

    bonus volo jam ex hoc die esse,

    id. Pers. 4, 3, 10:

    ego jam a principio amici filiam, Ita ut aequom fuerat, volui uxorem ducere,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 46:

    at etiam eo negotio M. Catonis splendorem maculare voluerunt,

    it was their purpose, Cic. Sest. 28, 60:

    eum (tumulum) non tam capere sine certamine volebat, quam causam certaminis cum Minucio contrahere,

    his plan was, Liv. 22, 28, 4.—Of things:

    cum lex venditionibus occurrere voluit,

    when it was the purpose of the law, Dig. 46, 1, 46: sed quid ea drachuma facere vis? Ca. Restim volo Mihi emere... qui me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87: Ch. Revorsionem ad terram faciunt vesperi. Ni. Aurum hercle auferre voluere, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 63:

    si iis qui haec omnia flamma ac ferro delere voluerunt... bellum indixi, etc.,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 10, 24:

    (plebem) per caedem senatus vacuam rem publicam tradere Hannibali velle,

    Liv. 23, 2, 7:

    rem Nolanam in jus dicionemque dare voluerat Poeno,

    id. 23, 15, 9: qui (majores nostri) tanta cura Siculos tueri ac retinere voluerunt ut, etc., whose policy it was to protect, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 14:

    ut qui a principio mitis omnibus Italicis praeter Romanos videri vellet, etc.,

    Liv. 23, 15, 4: idem istuc, si in vilitate largiri voluisses, derisum tuum beneficium esset, if you had offered to grant the same thing during low prices, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215.—
    d.
    = studere, conari, to try, endeavor, attempt:

    quas (i. e. magnas res) qui impedire vult, is et infirmus est mobilisque natura, et, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 20, 75:

    nam si quando id (exordium) primum invenire volui, nullum mihi occurrit, nisi aut exile, aut, etc.,

    id. Or. 2, 77, 315:

    de Antonio dico, numquam illum... nonnullorum de ipso suspitionem infitiando tollere voluisse,

    that he never attempted to remove, id. Sest. 3, 8; id. Div. 1, 18, 35:

    audes Fatidicum fallere velle deum?

    do you dare attempt? Ov. F. 2, 262.—
    e.
    To mean, of actions and expressions:

    hic respondere voluit, non lacessere,

    the latter meant to answer, not to provoke, Ter. Phorm. prol. 19:

    non te judices urbi sed carceri reservarunt, neque to retinere in civitate, sed exilio privare voluerunt,

    Cic. Att. 1, 16, 9.—So, volo dicere, I mean (lit. I intend to say):

    quid aliud volui dicere?

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 51:

    volo autem dicere, illud homini longe optimum esse quod ipsum sit optandum per se,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 20, 46.—Often with the acc. illud or id, as a correction: Tr. Specta quam arcte dormiunt. Th. Dormiunt? Tr. Illut quidem ut conivent volui dicere, I mean how they nod, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 145: Py. Quid? bracchium? Ar. Illud dicere volui femur, id. Mil. 1, 1, 27:

    adduxi volui dicere,

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 21; id. Am. 1, 1, 233; 1, 1, 235; id. Cas. 2, 6, 14; id. Mil. 3, 2, 7; id. Ps. 3, 2, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 9.—
    f.
    To be going to: haec argumenta ego aedificiis dixi; nunc etiam volo docere ut homines aedium esse similes arbitremini, now I am going to show how, etc., Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 37: quando bene gessi rem, volo hic in fano supplicare, I am going to worship here, etc., id. Curc. 4, 2, 41:

    nunc quod relicuom restat volo persolvere,

    id. Cist. 1, 3, 40:

    sustine hoc, Penicule, exuvias facere quas vovi volo,

    id. Men. 1, 3, 13:

    sinite me prospectare ne uspiam insidiae sint, consilium quod habere volumus,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 3; id. As. 2, 2, 113; id. Cas. 4, 2, 3; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 61:

    si Prometheus, cum mortalibus ignem dividere vellet, ipse a vicinis carbunculos conrogaret, ridiculus videretur,

    Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9:

    ait se velle de illis HS. LXXX. cognoscere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:

    hinc se recipere cum vellent, rursus illi ex loco superiore nostros premebant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 45. —
    g.
    To be about to, on the point of: quom mittere signum Volt, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 88 Vahl.):

    quotiens ire volo foras, retines me, rogitas quo ego eam,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 5:

    quae sese in ignem inicere voluit, prohibui,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 113:

    si scires aspidem latere uspiam, et velle aliquem imprudentem super eam adsidere,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 18, 59; id. Div. 1, 52, 118:

    quod cum facere vellent, intervenit M. Manilius,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    qui cum opem ferre vellet, nuntiatum sibi esse aliam classem ad Aegates insulas stare,

    Liv. 22, 56, 7:

    at Libys obstantes dum vult obvertere remos, In spatium resilire manus breve vidit,

    Ov. M. 3, 676; 1, 635:

    P. Claudius cum proelium navale committere vellet,

    Val. Max. 1, 4, 3.—
    h.
    Will, and in oblique discourse and questions would, the auxiliaries of the future and potential: animum advortite: Comediai nomen dari vobis volo, I will give you, etc., Plaut. Cas. prol. 30:

    sed, nisi molestum est, nomen dare vobis volo comediai,

    id. Poen. prol. 50:

    vos ite intro. Interea ego ex hac statua verberea volo erogitare... quid sit factum,

    id. Capt. 5, 1, 30:

    i tu atque arcessi illam: ego intus quod facto est opus volo adcurare,

    id. Cas. 3, 3, 35; id. Cist. 1, 1, 113; id. Most. 1, 1, 63; id. Poen. 2, 44; id. Pers. 1, 3, 85; id. Rud. 1, 2, 33: cum vero (gemitus) nihil imminuat doloris, cur frustra turpes esse volumus? why will ( would) we be disgraceful to no purpose? Cic. Tusc. 2, 24, 57:

    illa enim (ars) te, verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat,

    id. ib. 1, 47, 112:

    ergo, si vere aestimare volumus, etc.,

    Val. Max. 7, 5, 6:

    si vere aestimare Macedonas, qui tunc erant, volumus,

    Curt. 4, 16, 33:

    ejus me compotem facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 40, 5:

    visne igitur, dum dies ista venit... interea tu ipse congredi mecum ut, etc....?

    id. 8, 7, 7:

    volo tibi Chrysippi quoque distinctionem indicare,

    Sen. Ep. 9, 14: vis tu homines urbemque feris praeponere silvis? will you prefer, etc., Hor. S. 2, 6, 92; cf. velim and vellem, would, II. A. 2.—
    k.
    Sometimes volui = mihi placuit, I resolved, concluded (generally, in this meaning, followed by an infinitive clause, v. I. B. 4.):

    uti tamen tuo consilio volui,

    still I concluded to follow your advice, Cic. Att. 8, 3, 1.—
    1.
    To be willing, ready, to consent, like to do something: si sine bello velint rapta... tradere... se exercitum domum reducturum, if they were willing, would consent to, would deliver, etc., Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 52:

    is dare volt, is se aliquid posci,

    likes to give, id. As. 1, 3, 29:

    hoc dixit, si hoc de cella concederetur, velle Siculos senatui polliceri frumentum in cellam gratis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 87, § 200:

    ei laxiorem daturos, si venire ad causam dicendam vellet,

    Liv. 39, 17, 2; 5, 36, 4: nemo invenitur qui pecuniam suam dividere velit. Sen. Brev. Vit. 3, 1:

    plerique concessam sibi sub condicione vitam si militare adversus eum vellent, recusarunt,

    Suet. Caes. 68:

    dedere etiam se volebant, si toleranda viris imperarentur,

    Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12.—So with negatives, to be not willing, not to suffer, not to like, not to allow, refuse:

    heri nemo voluit Sostratam intro admittere,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 49:

    cum alter verum audire non vult,

    Cic. Lael. 26, 98: a proximis quisque minime anteiri vult, likes least to be surpassed, etc., Liv. 6, 34, 7:

    nihil ex his praeter... accipere voluit,

    refused to accept, Val. Max. 4, 3, 4.—
    m.
    To do something voluntarily or intentionally: volo facere = mea voluntate or sponte facio: si voluit accusare, pietati tribuo;

    si jussus est, necessitati,

    if he accused of his own free will, I ascribe it to his filial love, Cic. Cael. 1, 2:

    utrum statuas voluerint tibi statuere, an coacti sint,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 65, § 157:

    de risu quinque sunt quae quaerantur... sitne oratoris risum velle permovere,

    on purpose, id. Or. 2, 58, 235:

    laedere numquam velimus,

    Quint. 6, 3, 28.—So, non velle with inf., to do something unwillingly, with reluctance:

    vivere noluit qui mori non vult,

    who dies with reluctance, Sen. Ep. 30, 10.—
    n.
    To be of opinion, think, mean, pretend (rare with inf.; usu. with acc. and inf.; v. B. 8.):

    haec tibi scripsi ut isto ipso in genere in quo aliquid posse vis, te nihil esse cognosceres,

    in which you imagine you have some influence, Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:

    in hoc homo luteus etiam callidus ac veterator esse vult, quod ita scribit, etc.,

    pretends, means to be, id. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 35: sed idem Aelius Stoicus esse voluit, orator autem nec studuit um quam, nec fuit, id. Brut. 56, 206:

    Pythago. ras, qui etiam ipse augur esse vellet,

    id. Div. 1, 3, 5.—
    o.
    To like, have no objection to, approve of (cf. E. 1. sq.):

    magis eum delectat qui se ait philosophari velle sed paucis: nam omnino haud placere,

    that he liked, had no objection to philosophizing, Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; v. also II. A.—
    2.
    With pres. inf. understood.
    a.
    Supplied from a preceding or subsequent clause.
    (α).
    To wish, it is his will, etc. (cf. 1. a. and b. supra):

    nunc bene vivo et fortunate atque ut volo, i. e. vivere,

    as I wish, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 111: quod diu vivendo multa quae non volt (i. e. videre) videt, Caecil. ap. Cic. Sen. 8, 25:

    proinde licet quotvis vivendo condere saecla,

    Lucr. 3, 1090:

    nec tantum proficiebam quantum volebam,

    Cic. Att. 1, 17, 1:

    tot autem rationes attulit, ut velle (i. e. persuadere) ceteris, sibi certe persuasisse videatur,

    id. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:

    sed liceret, si velint, in Ubiorum finibus considere,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 81:

    quo praesidio senatus libere quae vellet decernere auderet,

    id. B. C. 1, 2.—Of things:

    neque chorda sonum reddit quem vult manus et mens,

    Hor. A. P. 348.—
    (β).
    To choose, be pleased (freq.):

    tum mihi faciat quod volt magnus Juppiter,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 50:

    id repetundi copia est, quando velis,

    id. Trin. 5, 2, 7:

    habuit aurum quamdiu voluit,

    Cic. Cael. 13, 31:

    rapiebat et asportabat quantum a quoque volebat Apronius,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 29:

    provincias quas vellet, quibus vellet, venderet?

    id. Sest. 39, 84:

    quotiens ille tibi potestatem facturus sit ut eligas utrum velis,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:

    daret utrum vellet subclamatum est,

    Liv. 21, 18, 14:

    senatus consultum factum est ut plebes praeficeret quaestioni quem vellet,

    id. 4, 51, 2:

    saxi materiaeque caedendae unde quisque vellet jus factum,

    id. 5, 55, 3; cf. id. 2, 13, 9; 5, 46, 10; 6, 25, 5; 22, 10, 23; 23, 6, 2; 23, 15, 15; 23, 45, 10; 23, 47, 2;

    26, 21, 11: vicem suam conquestus, quod sibi soli non liceret amicis, quatenus vellet, irasci,

    Suet. Aug. 66:

    at tu quantum vis tolle,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 16.—
    (γ).
    To intend, it is my purpose, etc. (v. 1. c. supra):

    sine me pervenire quo volo,

    let me come to my point, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 44:

    scripsi igitur Aristotelio more, quemadmodum quidem volui, tres libros... de Oratore,

    as I intended, Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ut meliore condicione quam qua ipse vult imitetur homines eos qui, etc.,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 8, 25:

    ego istos posse vincere scio, velle ne scirem ipsi fecerunt,

    Liv. 2, 45, 12. —
    (δ).
    To be willing, to consent, I will (v. 1. h. and l. supra): tu eum orato... St. Sane volo, yes, I will, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 57:

    jube me vinciri. Volo, dum istic itidem vinciatur,

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 75:

    patri dic velle (i. e. uxorem ducere),

    that you consent, are willing, Ter. And. 2, 3, 20 (cf.: si vis, II. A. 2, and sis, supra init.).—
    (ε).
    To do something voluntarily (v. 1. m. supra):

    tu selige tantum, Me quoque velle velis, anne coactus amem,

    Ov. Am. 3, 11, 50.—
    b.
    With ellipsis of inf.
    (α).
    Volo, with a designation of place, = ire volo:

    nos in Formiano morabamur, quo citius audiremus: deinde Arpinum volebamus,

    I intended to go to Arpinum, Cic. Att. 9, 1, 3:

    volo mensi Quinctili in Graeciam,

    id. ib. 14, 7, 2:

    hactenus Vitellius voluerat (i. e. procedere),

    Tac. A. 12, 42 fin.
    (β).
    With other omissions, supplied from context: volo Dolabellae valde desideranti, non reperio quid (i. e. to dedicate some writing to him), Cic. Att. 13, 13, 2.—
    (γ).
    In mal. part., Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 7; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 16; 2. 19, 2; Prop. 1, 13, 36.—
    3.
    With perfect infinitive active (rare).
    a.
    In negative imperative sentences dependent on ne velis, ne velit (in oblique discourse also ne vellet), where ne velis has the force of noli. The perfect infinitive emphatically represents the action as completed (ante-class. and poet.).
    (α).
    In ancient ordinances of the Senate and of the higher officers (not in laws proper): NEIQVIS EORVM BACANAL HABVISE VELET... BACAS VIR NEQVIS ADIESE VELET CEIVIS ROMANVS... NEVE PECVNIAM QVISQVAM EORVM COMOINEM HABVISE VELET... NEVE... QVIQVAM FECISE VELET. NEVE INTER SED CONIOVRASE, NEVE COMVOVISE NEVE CONSPONDISE, etc., S. C. de Bacch. 4-13 ap. Wordsworth, Fragm. and Spec. p. 172.—So, in quoting such ordinances: per totam Italiam edicta mitti ne quis qui Bacchis initiatus esset, coisse aut convenisse causa sacrorum velit. [p. 2006] neu quid talis rei divinae fecisse, Liv. 39, 14, 8:

    edixerunt ne quis quid fugae causa vendidisse neve emisse vellet,

    id. 39, 17, 3. —
    (β).
    In imitation of official edicts: (vilicus) ne quid emisse velit insciente domino, neu quid domino celasse velit, the overseer must not buy any thing, etc., Cato, R. R. 5, 4:

    interdico, ne extulisse extra aedis puerum usquam velis,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 48:

    oscula praecipue nulla dedisse velis (= noli dare),

    Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38:

    ne quis humasse velit Ajacem, Atride, vetas? Cur?

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 187.—
    b.
    In affirmative sentences, implying command (in any mood or tense; mostly poet.): neminem nota strenui aut ignavi militis notasse volui, I have decided to mark no one, etc., Liv. 24, 16, 11: quia pepercisse vobis volunt, committere vos cur pereatis non patiuntur, because they have decided to spare you, etc., id. 32, 21, 33:

    sunt delicta tamen quibus ignovisse velimus (= volumus),

    which should be pardoned, Hor. A. P. 347.—
    c.
    To represent the will as referring to a completed action.
    (α).
    In optative sentences with vellem or velim, v. II. B. 5. b. a, and II. C. 1. b.—
    (β).
    In other sentences ( poet. and post-class.): ex omnibus praediis ex quibus non hac mente recedimus ut omisisse possessionem velimus, with the will to abandon (omittere would denote the purpose to give up at some future time), Dig. 43, 16, 1, § 25; so,

    an erit qui velle recuset Os populi meruisse?

    Pers. 1, 41:

    qui me volet incurvasse querela,

    id. 1, 91.
    B.
    With acc. and inf.
    1.
    To wish (v. A. 1. a.).
    a.
    With a different subject: hoc volo scire te: Perditus sum miser, I wish you to know, etc., Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 46:

    deos volo consilia vostra vobis recte vortere,

    id. Trin. 5, 2, 31:

    emere oportet quem tibi oboedire velis,

    id. Pers. 2, 4, 2:

    scin' quid nunc te facere volo?

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 85:

    si perpetuam vis esse adfinitatem hanc,

    id. Hec. 2, 2, 10:

    consul ille egit eas res quarum me participem esse voluit,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 17, 41:

    vim volumus exstingui: jus valeat necesse est,

    id. Sest. 42, 92:

    nec mihi hunc errorem extorqueri volo,

    id. Sen. 23, 85:

    hoc te scire volui,

    id. Att. 7, 18, 4:

    harum causarum fuit justissima quod Germanos suis quoque rebus timere voluit,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 16:

    ut equites qui salvam esse rempublicam vellent ex equis desilirent,

    Liv. 4, 38, 2:

    si me vivere vis recteque videre valentem,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 3:

    si vis me flere, dolendum est Primum ipsi tibi,

    id. A. P. 102.—With pass. inf. impers.:

    regnari tamen omnes volebant,

    that there should be a king, Liv. 1, 17, 3:

    mihi volo ignosci,

    I wish to be pardoned, Cic. Or. 1, 28, 130:

    volt sibi quisque credi,

    Liv. 22, 22, 14. —
    b.
    With the same subject.
    (α).
    With inf. act.:

    quae mihi est spes qua me vivere velim,

    what hope have I, that I should wish to live? Plaut. Rud. 1, 3, 33:

    volo me placere Philolachi,

    id. Most. 1, 3, 11; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 47; id. Rud. 2, 6, 1:

    judicem esse me, non doctorem volo,

    Cic. Or. 33, 117:

    vult, credo, se esse carum suis,

    id. Sen. 20, 73; so id. Off. 1, 31, 113; id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; 2, 23, 95. —
    (β).
    With inf. pass.:

    quod certiorem te vis fieri quo quisque in me animo sit,

    Cic. Att. 11, 13, 1; cf. id. Fam. 1, 9, 18:

    qui se ex his minus timidos existimari volebant,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 39; cf. id. B. C. 2, 29:

    religionis se causa... Bacchis initiari velle,

    Liv. 39, 10, 2:

    Agrippae se nepotem neque credi neque dici volebat,

    Suet. Calig. 22 fin.
    2.
    Of the will of superiors, gods, etc. (cf. A. 1. b. supra), I want, it is my will:

    me absente neminem volo intromitti,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 21:

    viros nostros quibus tu voluisti esse nos matres familias,

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 41; id. Most. 1, 4, 2; id. Rud. 4, 5, 9; id. Trin. 1, 2, 1:

    pater illum alterum (filium) secum omni tempore volebat esse,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 42:

    (deus) quinque reliquis motibus orbem esse voluit expertem,

    id. Univ. 10; cf. id. Sest. 69, 147; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 57; 1, 5, 14:

    causa mittendi fuit quod iter per Alpes... patefieri volebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 9; id. B. C. 1, 4:

    quippe (senatus) foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat,

    Sall. C. 19, 2:

    nec (di) patefieri (crimina) ut impunita essent, sed ut vindicarentur voluerunt,

    Liv. 39, 16, 11; cf. id. 1, 56, 3; 2, 28, 5; 25, 32, 6:

    senatus... Romano sanguini pudicitiam tutam esse voluit,

    Val. Max. 6, 1, 9; cf. id. 6, 9, 2.—So in the historians: quid fieri vellet (velit), after a verbum imperandi or declarandi, he gave his orders, explained his will:

    quid fieri velit praecipit,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 56:

    ibi quid fieri vellet imperabat,

    id. ib. 7, 16:

    quid fieri vellet ostendit,

    id. ib. 7, 27:

    quae fieri vellet edocuit,

    id. B. C. 3, 108; cf. id. B. G. 7, 45; id. B. C. 3, 78; 3, 89:

    quid fieri vellet edixit,

    Curt. 8, 10, 30; 4, 13, 24; Val. Max. 7, 4, 2.— Frequently majores voluerunt, it was the will of our ancestors, referring to ancient customs and institutions:

    sacra Cereris summa majores nostri religione confici caerimoniaque voluerunt,

    Cic. Balb. 24, 55: majores vestri ne vos quidem temere coire voluerunt, cf. id. ib. 17, 39; 23, 54; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Fl. 7, 15; id. Imp. Pomp. 13, 39; id. Div. 1, 45, 103; id. Font. 24, 30 (10, 20); id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70.—Of testamentary dispositions: cum Titius, heres meus, mortuus erit, volo hereditatem meam ad P. Mevium pertinere, Gai Inst. 2, 277. Except in the institution of the first heir: at illa (institutio) non est comprobata: Titum heredem esse volo, Gai Inst. 2, 117. —
    3.
    Of the intention of a writer, etc., to want, to mean, intend:

    Asinariam volt esse (nomen fabulae) si per vos licet,

    Plaut. As. prol. 12:

    Plautus hanc mihi gnatam esse voluit Inopiam,

    has wanted Poverty to be my daughter, made her my daughter, id. Trin. prol. 9:

    primumdum huic esse nomen Diphilus Cyrenas voluit,

    id. Rud. prol. 33:

    quae ipsi qui scripserunt voluerunt vulgo intellegi,

    meant to be understood by all, Cic. Or. 2, 14, 60:

    si non hoc intellegi volumus,

    id. Fat. 18, 41:

    quale intellegi vult Cicero cum dicit orationem suam coepisse canescere,

    Quint. 11, 1, 31; so id. 9, 4, 82; 9, 3, 9:

    quamquam illi (Prometheo) quoque ferreum anulum dedit antiquitas vinculumque id, non gestamen, intellegi voluit,

    Plin. 33, 1, 4, § 8.—
    4.
    To resolve:

    Siculi... me defensorem calamitatum suarum... esse voluerunt,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4, 11:

    si a me causam hanc vos (judices) agi volueritis,

    if you resolve, id. ib. 8, 25:

    senatus te voluit mihi nummos, me tibi frumentum dare,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:

    qua (statua) abjecta, basim tamen in foro manere voluerunt,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 66, §

    160: liberam debere esse Galliam quam (senatus) suis legibus uti voluisset,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 45:

    tu Macedonas tibi voluisti genua ponere, venerarique te ut deum,

    Curt. 8 (7), 13.— Hence,
    5.
    To order, command: erus meus tibi me salutem multam voluit dicere, has ordered me, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 2, 25:

    montem quem a Labieno occupari voluerit,

    which he had ordered to be occupied, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:

    ibi futuros esse Helvetios ubi eos Caesar... esse voluisset,

    id. ib. 1, 13 (for velitis jubeatis with inf.-clause, v. II. B. 5. d.).—
    6.
    To consent, allow (cf. A. 1. I.):

    obtinuere ut (tribuni) tribuniciae potestatis vires salubres vellent reipublicae esse,

    they prevailed upon them to permit the tribunitian power to be wholesome to the republic, Liv. 2, 44, 5:

    Hiero tutores... puero reliquit quos precatus est moriens ut juvenum suis potissimum vestigiis insistere vellent,

    id. 24, 4, 5:

    petere ut eum... publicae etiam curae ac velut tutelae vellent esse (i. e. senatus),

    id. 42, 19, 5:

    orare tribunos ut uno animo cum consulibus bellum ab urbe ac moenibus propulsari vellent,

    id. 3, 69, 5:

    quam superesse causam Romanis cur non... incolumis Syracusas esse velint?

    id. 25, 28, 8:

    si alter ex heredibus voluerit rem a legatario possideri, alter non, ei qui noluit interdictum competet,

    Dig. 43, 3, 1, § 15.—So negatively = not to let, not to suffer:

    cum P. Attio agebant ne sua pertinacia omnium fortunas perturbari vellet,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 36.—
    7.
    To be of opinion that something should be, to require, demand:

    voluisti enim in suo genere unumquemque... esse Roscium,

    Cic. Or. 1, 61, 258: eos exercitus quos contra se multos jam annos aluerint velle dimitti, he demanded the disbanding of, etc., Caes. B. C. 1, 85:

    (Cicero) vult esse auctoritatem in verbis,

    Quint. 8, 3, 43:

    vult esse Celsus aliquam et superiorem compositionem,

    id. 9, 4, 137:

    si tantum irasci vis sapientem quantum scelerum indignitas exigit,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 9, 4. —
    8.
    To be of opinion that something is or was, = censere, dicere, but implying that the opinion is erroneous or doubtful, usu. in the third pers., sometimes in the second.
    (α).
    To imagine, consider:

    est genus hominum qui esse se primos omnium rerum volunt, Nec sunt,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:

    semper auget adsentator id quod is cujus ad voluntatem dicitur vult esse magnum,

    Cic. Lael. 26, 98:

    si quis patricius, si quis—quod illi volunt invidiosius esse—Claudius diceret,

    Liv. 6, 40, 13.—
    (β).
    To be of opinion, to hold:

    vultis, opinor, nihil esse... in natura praeter ignem,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 14, 36:

    volunt illi omnes... eadem condicione nasci,

    id. Div. 2, 44, 93:

    vultis evenire omnia fato,

    id. ib. 2, 9, 24:

    alteri censent, etc., alteri volunt a rebus fatum omne relegari,

    id. Fat. 19, 45:

    vultis a dis immortalibus hominibus dispertiri somnia,

    id. N. D. 3, 39, 93; id. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; id. Fin. 3, 11, 36; id. Rep. 2, 26, 48:

    volunt quidam... iram in pectore moveri effervescente circa cor sanguine,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 19, 3.—
    (γ).
    To say, assert:

    si tam familiaris erat Clodiae quam tu esse vis,

    as you say he is, Cic. Cael. 21, 53:

    sit sane tanta quanta tu illam esse vis,

    id. Or. 1, 55, 23:

    ad pastum et ad procreandi voluptatem hoc divinum animal procreatum esse voluerunt: quo nihil mihi videtur esse absurdius,

    id. Fin. 2, 13, 40; 2, 17, 55; 2, 42, 131; 2, 46, 142; id. Fat. 18, 41.—With perf. inf.:

    Rhodi ego non fui: me vult fuisse,

    Cic. Planc. 34, 84.—
    (δ).
    To pretend, with perf. inf., both subjects denoting the same person:

    unde homines dum se falso terrore coacti Effugisse volunt, etc.,

    Lucr. 3, 69 (cf. A. 1. n. supra).—
    (ε).
    To mean, with perf. inf.:

    utrum scientem vultis contra foedera fecisse, an inscientem?

    Cic. Balb. 5, 13.— With pres. inf.:

    quam primum istud, quod esse vis?

    what do you mean by as soon as possible? Sen. Ep. 117, 24.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely in the first pers., implying that the opinion is open to discussion:

    ut et mihi, quae ego vellem non esse oratoris, concederes,

    what according to my opinion is not the orator's province, Cic. Or. 1, 17, 74.—
    9.
    In partic.
    a.
    With things as subjects.
    (α).
    Things personified:

    ne res publica quidem haec pro se suscipi volet,

    would have such things done for it, Cic. Off. 1, 45, 159:

    cui tacere grave sit, quod homini facillimum voluerit esse natura,

    which nature willed should be easiest for man, Curt. 4, 6, 6: fortuna Q. Metellum... nasci in urbe terrarum principe voluit, fate ordained that, etc., Val. Max. 7, 1, 1: nihil rerum ipsa natura voluit magnum effici cito, it is the law of nature that, etc., Quint. 10, 3, 4:

    quid non ingenio voluit natura licere?

    what license did nature refuse to genius? Mart. 8, 68, 9:

    me sine, quem semper voluit fortuna jacere,

    Prop. 1, 6, 25:

    hanc me militiam fata subire volunt,

    id. 1, 6, 30.—
    (β).
    Of laws, to provide:

    duodecim tabulae nocturnum furem... interfici impune voluerunt,

    Cic. Mil. 3, 9:

    lex duodecim tabularum tignum aedibus junctum... solvi prohibuit, pretiumque ejus dari voluit,

    Dig. 46, 3, 98, § 8 fin. (cf. Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21, b. a, infra).—
    b.
    With perf. pass. inf., to represent a state or result wished for.
    (α).
    The inf. being in full, with esse expressed: si umquam quemquam di immortales voluere esse auxilio adjutum, tum me et Calidorum servatum volunt, if it ever was the will of the gods that any one should be assisted, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 1: Corinthum patres vestri, totius Graeciae lumen, exstinctum esse voluerunt, it was their will that Corinth should be ( and remain) destroyed, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 11:

    nostri... leges et jura tecta esse voluerunt,

    id. Or. 1, 59, 253:

    propter eam partem epistulae tuae per quam te et mores tuos purgatos et probatos esse voluisti,

    id. Att. 1, 17, 7; id. Fin. 4, 27, 76; id. de Or. 1, 51, 221:

    daturum se operam ne cujus suorum popularium mutatam secum fortunam esse vellent,

    Liv. 21, 45, 6: for velle redundant in this construction, v. II. A. 2. 3. infra.—With pass. inf. impers.:

    sociis maxime lex consultum esse vult,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21.—
    (β).
    With ellips. of esse (cf. Quint. 9, 3, 9): perdis me tuis dictis. Cu. Imo, servo et servatum volo, and mean that you should remain saved, Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 56:

    aunt qui volum te conventam,

    who want to see you, id. Cist. 4, 2, 39:

    eidem homini, si quid recte cura tum velis, mandes,

    if you want to have anything done well, id. As. 1, 1, 106:

    sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,

    id. Capt. prol. 53: id nunc res indicium haeo [p. 2007] facit, quo pacto factum volueris, this shows now why you wished this to be done, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 31 (cf. Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33; id. Aul. 3, 5, 30, II. B. 1, b, and II. B. 3. b. infra): domestica cura te levatum volo, I wish to see you relieved, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 3:

    nulla sedes quo concurrant qui rem publicam defensam velint,

    id. Att. 8, 3, 4:

    rex celatum voluerat (i. e. donum),

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64:

    Hannibal non Capuam neglectam, neque desertos volebat socios,

    Liv. 25, 20, 5; 2, 15, 2; 2, 44, 3; 3, 21, 4; 22, 7, 4;

    26, 31, 6: contemptum hominis quem destructum volebat,

    Quint. 8, 3, 21:

    si te non emptam vellet, emendus erat,

    Ov. Am. 1, 8, 34 (so with velle redundant, v. II. A. 1. d., and II. A. 3. infra).—Both subjects denoting the same person:

    velle Pompeium se Caesari purgatum,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Esp., with pass. inf. impers.: alicui consultum velle, to take care for or advocate somebody's interests:

    liberis consultum volumus propter ipsos,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 17, 57:

    obliviscere illum aliquando adversario tuo voluisse consultum,

    id. Att. 16, 16 C, 10:

    quibus tribuni plebis nunc consultum repente volunt,

    Liv. 5, 5, 3; so id. 25, 25, 17:

    quamquam senatus subventum voluit heredibus,

    Dig. 36, 1, 1, § 4; so with dep. part., used passively:

    volo amori ejus obsecutum,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 63.—
    c.
    With predic. adj., without copula.
    (α).
    The subjects being different (mostly aliquem salvum velle):

    si me vivum vis, pater, Ignosce,

    if you wish me to live, Ter. Heaut. 5, 5, 7:

    ille, si me alienus adfinem volet, Tacebit,

    id. Phorm. 4, 1, 16:

    ut tu illam salvam magis velis quam ego,

    id. Hec. 2, 2, 17; 3, 5, 14:

    quoniam ex tota provincia soli sunt qui te salvum velint,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 67, § 150:

    irent secum extemplo qui rempublicam salvam vellent,

    Liv. 22, 53, 7.—
    (β).
    Both subjects denoting the same person (virtually = object infinitive):

    in occulto jacebis quom te maxime clarum voles (= clarus esse voles),

    when you will most wish to be famous, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 38:

    volo me patris mei similem,

    I wish to be like my father, id. As. 1, 1, 54: ut iste qui se vult dicacem et mehercule est, Appius, who means to be witty, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 60, 246:

    qui vero se populares volunt,

    who mean to be popular, id. Off. 2, 22, 78:

    ut integrum se salvumque velit,

    id. Fin. 2, 11, 33:

    ut (omne animal) se et salvum in suo genere incolumeque vellet,

    id. ib. 4, 8, 19. —
    d.
    With an inf.-clause understood.
    (α).
    Velle, to wish: utinam hinc abierit in malam crucem! Ad. Ita nos velle aequom est (ita = eum abire, etc.), Plaut. Poen. 4, 1, 5:

    stulta es, soror, magis quam volo (i.e. te esse),

    id. Pers. 4, 4, 78; id. Trin. 1, 2, 8; 2, 4, 175; id. Stich. 1, 1, 13; id. Ps. 1, 5, 55:

    senatum non quod sentiret, sed quod ego vellem decernere,

    Cic. Mil. 5, 12:

    neque enim facile est ut irascatur cui tu velis judex (= cui tu eum irasci velis),

    id. Or. 2, 45, 190; cf. id. Sest. 38, 82.—
    (β).
    Referring to the will of superiors, etc.:

    deos credo voluisse, nam ni vellent, non fieret,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46: jamne abeo? St. Volo (sc. te abire), so I will, id. Cas. 2, 8, 57; cf. id. Mil. 4, 6, 12; id. Merc. 2, 3, 33.—
    (γ).
    To mean, intend (v. B. 3.):

    acutum etiam illud est cum ex alterius oratione aliud atque ille vult (sc. te excipere),

    Cic. Or. 2, 67, 273.—
    (δ).
    To require, demand (v B. 7.):

    veremur quidem vos, Romani, et, si ita vultis, etiam timemus,

    Liv. 39, 37, 17;

    and of things as subjects: cadentque vocabula, si volet usus (i. e. ea cadere),

    Hor. A. P. 71.—
    (ε).
    To be of opinion, will have (v. B. 8.):

    ergo ego, inimicus, si ita vultis, homini, amicus esse rei publicae debeo,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 8, 19:

    nam illi regi tolerabili, aut, si voltis, etiam amabili, Cyro,

    id. Rep. 1, 28, 44; id. Fin. 2, 27, 89; 3, 4, 12; id. Cael. 21, 53; Liv. 21, 10, 7; Quint. 2, 17, 41.—
    (ζ).
    With ellips. of predic. inf. (v. A. 2. b.): cras de reliquiis nos volo (i. e. cenare), it is my intention that we dine, etc., Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 40:

    volo Varronem (i. e. hos libros habere),

    Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3.
    C.
    With ut, ne, or ut ne.
    1.
    With ut.
    a.
    To wish:

    volo ut quod jubebo facias,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 65:

    quia enim id maxime volo ut illi istac confugiant,

    id. Most. 5, 1, 49:

    ut mihi aedes aliquas conducat volo,

    id. Merc. 3, 2, 17: hoc prius volo meam rem agere. Th. Quid id est? Ph. Ut mihi hanc despondeas, id. Curc. 5, 2, 71: quid vis, nisi ut maneat Phanium? Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 8:

    velim ut tibi amicus sit,

    Cic. Att. 10, 16, 1:

    quare id quoque velim... ut sit qui utamur,

    id. ib. 11, 11, 2:

    maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla... modestiae fructum aliquem percipere potuisset,

    id. Sull. 1, 1:

    equidem vellem uti pedes haberent (res tuae),

    id. Fam. 7, 33, 2:

    his ut sit digna puella volo,

    Mart. 11, 27, 14.—Both subjects denoting the same person: volueram, inquit, ut quam plurimum tecum essem, Brut. ap. Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1.—
    b.
    It is the will of, to want, ordain (v. B. 2.):

    at ego deos credo voluisse ut apud te me in nervo enicem,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 17: numquid me vis? Le. Ut valeas, id. Cist. 1, 1, 120: numquid vis? Ps. Dormitum ut abeas, id. Ps. 2, 2, 70:

    volo ut mihi respondeas,

    Cic. Vatin. 6, 14; 7, 17; 7, 18; 9, 21;

    12, 29: nuntia Romanis, caelestes ita velle ut mea Roma caput orbis terrarum sit,

    Liv. 1, 16, 7.—
    c.
    To intend, it is the purpose, aim, etc., the two subjects being the same:

    id quaerunt, volunt haec ut infecta faciant,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 9.—
    d.
    With other verbs:

    quod peto et volo parentes meos ut commonstres mihi,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 4:

    quasi vero aut populus Romanus hoc voluerit, aut senatus tibi hoc mandaverit ut... privares,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48;

    with opto,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 48;

    with laboro,

    Liv. 42, 14, 3;

    with aequum censere,

    id. 39, 19, 7.—
    2.
    With ne:

    at ne videas velim,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23:

    quid nunc vis? ut opperiare hos sex dies saltem modo, ne illam vendas, neu me perdas, etc.,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 102:

    credibile est hoc voluisse legumlatorem, ne auxilia liberorum innocentibus deessent,

    intended, Quint. 7, 1, 56.—
    3.
    With ut ne: quid nunc tibi vis? Mi. Ut quae te cupit, eam ne spernas, Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60.
    D.
    With subjunct. of dependent verb (mostly ante-class.; class. and freq. with velim and vellem; but in Cic. mostly epistolary and colloquial).
    1.
    To wish:

    ergo animum advortas volo,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 23; 2, 3, 28; 2, 3, 70:

    volo amet me patrem,

    id. As. 1, 1, 63 dub.:

    hoc volo agatis,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 83:

    ducas volo hodie uxorem,

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 14:

    quid vis faciam?

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 49; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 24; Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 64; 2, 3, 65; 2, 6, 65; 3, 3, 3; id. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 2, 3, 56; id. Capt. 1, 2, 12; id. Poen. 3, 2, 16; id. Pers. 2, 4, 23; id. Rud. 5, 2, 45; 5, 3, 58; id. Stich. 5, 2, 21; Ter. Heaut. 4, 6, 14:

    volo etiam exquiras quam diligentissime poteris quid Lentulus agat?

    Cic. Att. 8, 12, 6:

    Othonem vincas volo,

    id. ib. 13, 29, 2:

    eas litteras volo habeas,

    id. ib. 13, 32, 3:

    visne igitur videamus quidnam sit, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 10, 15: visne igitur descendatur ad Lirim? id. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 6, 4:

    volo, inquis, sciat,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 10, 2.—
    2.
    To be of opinion that something should be, demand, require (v. B. 7.): volo enim se efferat in adulescentia fecunditas, I like to see, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 21, 88:

    volo hoc oratori contingat ut, etc.,

    id. Brut. 84, 290.—
    3.
    With subj.-clause understood:

    abi atque obsona, propera! sed lepide volo (i. e. obsones),

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 55.
    E.
    With object nouns, etc.
    1.
    With acc. of a thing.
    a.
    With a noun, to want, wish for, like to have:

    voltisne olivas, aut pulmentum, aut capparim?

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 90:

    animo male est: aquam velim,

    id. Am. 5, 1, 6:

    quia videt me suam amicitiam velle,

    id. Aul. 2, 3, 68; so,

    gratiam tuam,

    id. Curc. 2, 3, 52; 2, 3, 56:

    aquam,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 34:

    discidium,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 14: nullam ego rem umquam in vita mea Volui quin tu in ea re mihi advorsatrix fueris, I never had any wish in my life, etc., id. Heaut. 5, 3, 5: (dixit) velle Hispaniam, he wanted Spain, i. e. as a province, Cic. Att. 12, 7, 1:

    mihi frumento non opus est: nummos volo,

    I want the money, id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:

    non poterat scilicet negare se velle pacem,

    id. Att. 15, 1 a, 3; cf. id. ib. 13, 32, 2 (v. II. C. 4. infra):

    si amplius obsidum (= plures obsides) vellet, dare pollicentur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 9 fin.:

    pacem etiam qui vincere possunt, volunt,

    Liv. 7, 40, 18:

    ferunt (eum)... honestum finem voluisse,

    Tac. A. 6, 26:

    cum Scipio veram vellet et sine exceptione victoriam,

    Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12:

    mensae munera si voles secundae, Marcentes tibi porrigentur uvae,

    Mart. 5, 78, 11.—
    b.
    Neutr. adjj., denoting things, substantively used: utrum vis opta, dum licet. La. Neutrum volo, Plaut. Ps. 3, 6, 16:

    quorum isti neutrum volunt,

    acknowledge neither, Cic. Fat. 12, 28:

    voluimus quaedam, contendimus... Obtenta non sunt,

    we aspired to certain things, id. Balb. 27, 61:

    restat ut omnes unum velint,

    hold one opinion, id. Marcell. 10, 32:

    si plura velim,

    if I wished for more, Hor. C. 3, 16, 38:

    per quod probemus aliud legislatorem voluisse,

    that the law-giver intended something different, Quint. 7, 6, 8:

    ut putent, aliud quosdam dicere, aliud velle,

    that they say one thing and mean another, id. 9, 2, 85:

    utrum is qui scripsit... voluerit,

    which of the two was meant by the author, id. 7, 9, 15:

    ut nemo contra id quod vult dicit, ita potest melius aliquid velle quam dicit,

    mean better than he speaks, id. 9, 2, 89:

    quis enim pudor omnia velle?

    to desire every thing, Mart. 12, 94, 11.—
    c.
    With neutr. demonstr. expressed or understood, to want, intend, aim at, like, will:

    immo faenus: id primum volo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 64:

    proximum quod sit bono... id volo,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 22:

    nisi ea quae tu vis volo,

    unless my purpose is the same as yours, id. Ep. 2, 2, 82:

    siquidem id sapere'st, velle te id quod non potest contingere,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 83:

    hoc (i. e. otium cum dignitate) qui volunt omnes optimates putantur,

    who aim at this, Cic. Sest. 45, 98:

    privatum oportet in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint,

    id. Off. 1, 34, 124:

    quid est sapientia? Semper idem velle atque idem nolle,

    Sen. Ep. 20, 5:

    pudebit eadem velle quae volueras puer,

    id. ib. 27, 2:

    nec volo quod cruciat, nec volo quod satiat,

    Mart. 1, 57, 4.—With demonstr. in place of inf.-clause:

    hoc Ithacus velit, et magno mercentur Atridae (sc. poenas in me sumi),

    Verg. A. 2, 104:

    hoc velit Eurystheus, velit hoc germana Tonantis (sc. verum esse, Herculem, etc.),

    Ov. H. 9, 7; Hor. S. 2, 3, 88.—
    d.
    With neutr. of interrog. pron.: quid nunc vis? Am. Sceleste, at etiam quid velim, id tu me rogas? what do you want now? Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 5:

    eloquere quid velis,

    id. Cas. 2, 4, 2: heus tu! Si. Quid vis? id. Ps. 4, 7, 21; so Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 152:

    sed plane quid velit nescio,

    what his intentions are, Cic. Att. 15, 1 a, 5; id. de Or. 2, 20, 84:

    mittunt etiam ad dominos qui quaerant quid velint,

    to ask for their orders, id. Tusc. 2, 17, 41:

    quid? Si haec... ipsius amici judicarunt? Quid amplius vultis?

    what more do you require, will you have? id. Verr. 2, 3, 65, § 152:

    quid amplius vis?

    Hor. Epod. 17, 30:

    spectatur quid voluerit scriptor,

    we find out the author's intention, Quint. 7, 10, 1.—Sometimes quid vult = quid sibi vult (v. 4. b.), to mean, signify:

    capram illam suspicor jam invenisse... quid voluerit,

    what it signified, Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 30:

    sed tamen intellego quid velit,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 31, 101:

    quid autem volunt ea di immortales significantes quae sine interpretibus non possimus intellegere? etc.,

    id. Div. 2, 25, 54.—Of things as subjects:

    hunc ensem mittit tibi... Et jubet ex merito scire quid iste velit,

    Ov. H. 11, 96.—
    e.
    With rel. pron.:

    quod volui, ut volui, impetravi... a Philocomasio,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 5, 1:

    ut quod frons velit oculi sciant,

    that the eyes know what the forehead wants, id. Aul. 4, 1, 13:

    illi quae volo concedere,

    to yield to him my wishes, id. Cas. 2, 3, 49:

    si illud quod volumus dicitur,

    what we like, id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:

    multa eveniunt homini quae volt, quae nevolt,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 84; id. Ep. 2, 2, 4:

    quamquam (litterae tuae) semper aliquid adferunt quod velim,

    Cic. Att. 11, 11, 1:

    quae vellem quaeque sentirem dicendi,

    id. Marcell. 1, 1:

    uti ea quae vellent impetrarent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31:

    satis animi ad id quod tam diu vellent,

    to carry out what they had desired so long, Liv. 4, 54, 5:

    sed quod volebant non... expediebant,

    their purpose, id. 24, 23, 9. —Idiomatically: quod volo = quod demonstrare volo, what I intend to prove:

    illud quod volumus expressum est, ut vaticinari furor vera soleat,

    Cic. Div. 1, 31, 67:

    bis sumpsit quod voluit,

    he has twice begged the question, id. ib. 2, 52, 107.—With indef. relations:

    cornucopia ubi inest quidquid volo,

    whatever I wish for, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5:

    Caesar de Bruto solitus est dicere: magni refert hic quid velit, sed quidquid volt, valde volt,

    whatever he wills he wills strongly, Cic. Att. 14, 1, 2.—
    f.
    With indef. pronn.
    (α).
    Si quid vis, if you want any thing: illo praesente mecum agito si quid voles, [p. 2008] Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 72: Py. Adeat si quid volt. Pa. Si quid vis, adi, mulier, id. Mil. 4, 2, 47:

    eumque Alexander cum rogaret, si quid vellet, ut diceret,

    id. Or. 2, 66, 266; Caes. B. G. 1, 7 fin.
    (β).
    Nisi quid vis, unless you wish to give some order, to make some remark, etc.:

    ego eo ad forum nisi quid vis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 94:

    nunc de ratione videamus, nisi quid vis ad haec,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42.—
    (γ).
    Numquid vis or ecquid vis? have you any orders to give? a formula used by inferiors before leaving their superiors; cf. Don. ad Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 39:

    visunt, quid agam, ecquid velim,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 113:

    numquid vis aliud?

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 111; 1, 2, 106; id. Ad. 2, 2, 39; 3, 3, 78; id. Hec. 2, 2, 30:

    numquid vellem rogavit,

    Cic. Att. 6, 3, 6:

    frequentia rogantium num quid vellet,

    Liv. 6, 34, 7:

    rogavit num quid in Sardiniam vellet. Te puto saepe habere qui num quid Romam velis quaerant,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1.—
    2.
    With acc. of the person: aliquem velle.
    (α).
    To want somebody, i. e. in order to see him, to speak with him (ante-class. and colloq.):

    Demenaetum volebam,

    I wanted, wished to see, Demenoetus, Plaut. As. 2, 3, 12:

    bona femina et malus masculus volunt te,

    id. Cist. 4, 2, 40:

    solus te solum volo,

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 70:

    quia non est intus quem ego volo,

    id. Mil. 4, 6, 40:

    hae oves volunt vos,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 24:

    quis me volt? Perii, pater est,

    Ter. And. 5, 3, 1:

    centuriones trium cohortium me velle postridie,

    Cic. Att. 10, 16, 4.—With paucis verbis or paucis, for a few words ( moments):

    volo te verbis pauculis,

    Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 28:

    sed paucis verbis te volo, Palaestrio,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 22:

    Sosia, Adesdum, paucis te volo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 2.—
    (β).
    To love, like somebody, to be fond of somebody (anteclass. and poet.):

    hanc volo (= amo),

    Plaut. As. 5, 1, 18:

    sine me amare unum Argyrippum... quem volo,

    id. ib. 3, 2, 38:

    quom quae te volt, eamdem tu vis,

    id. Mil. 4, 2, 80:

    aut quae (vitia) corpori' sunt ejus siquam petis ac vis,

    Lucr. 4, 1152:

    quam volui nota fit arte mea,

    Ov. Am. 1, 10, 60: nolo virum, facili redimit qui sanguine famam: hunc volo, laudari qui sine morte potest, I like the one who, etc., Mart. 1, 8, 6.—
    (γ).
    To wish to have:

    roga, velitne an non uxorem,

    whether he wishes to have his wife or not, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 43:

    ut sapiens velit gerere rem publicam, atque... uxorem adjungere, et velle ex ea liberos (anacoluth.),

    Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68.—

    With two accusatives: (narrato) illam te amare et velle uxorem,

    that you wish to have her as your wife, Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 25; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 65.—
    3.
    With two accusatives, of the person and the thing: aliquem aliquid velle, to want something of somebody (cf.: aliquem aliquid rogare; mostly ante-class.;

    not in Cic.): numquid me vis?

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 120:

    face certiorem me quid meus vir me velit,

    id. Cas. 2, 6, 1:

    num quidpiam me vis aliud?

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 81:

    nunc verba in pauca conferam quid te velim,

    id. As. 1, 1, 74:

    narrabit ultro quid sese velis,

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 60:

    quid me voluisti?

    id. Mil. 4, 2, 35:

    numquid aliud me vis?

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 101:

    quin tu uno verbo dic quid est quod me velis,

    id. And. 1, 1, 18; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 85; id. Cist. 2, 3, 49; id. As. 2, 3, 12; id. Merc. 5, 2, 27; id. Pers. 4, 6, 11; Ter. Heaut. 4, 8, 31; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 18; id. Eun. 2, 3, 47; id. Hec. 3, 4, 15:

    si quid ille se velit, illum ad se venire oportere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 34:

    cum mirabundus quidnam (Taurea) sese vellet, resedisset Flaccus, Me quoque, inquit, etc.,

    Liv. 26, 15, 11; also, I want to speak with somebody (v. 2. a. a):

    paucis, Euclio, est quod te volo,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 22:

    est quod te volo secreto,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 33.—
    4.
    With acc. of thing and dat. of the person: aliquid alicui velle, to wish something to somebody (= cupio aliquid alicui; v. cupio;

    rare): quamquam vobis volo quae voltis, mulieres,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 1:

    si ex me illa liberos vellet sibi,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 33:

    praesidium velle se senectuti suae,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 44:

    nihil est mali quod illa non initio filio voluerit, optaverit,

    Cic. Clu. 66, 188:

    rem Romanam huc provectam ut externis quoque gentibus quietem velit,

    Tac. A. 12, 11:

    cui ego omnia meritissimo volo et debeo,

    to whom I give and owe my best wishes, Quint. 9, 2, 35.—Esp., in the phrase quid vis (vult) with reflex. dat. of interest, lit. what do you want for yourself?
    a.
    Quid tibi vis = quid vis, the dat. being redundant (rare):

    quid aliud tibi vis?

    what else do you want? Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 90.—With quisque:

    haud ita vitam agerent ut nunc plerumque videmus Quid sibi quisque velit nescire,

    be ignorant as to their own aims and purposes, Lucr. 3, 1058.—
    b.
    What do you mean? what do you drive at? what is your scope, object, drift (rare in post-Aug. writers; Don. ad Ter. Eun. prol. 45, declares it an archaism).
    (α).
    In 1 st pers. (rare):

    nunc quid processerim huc, et quid mihi voluerim dicam,

    and what I meant thereby, what was the purpose of my coming, Plaut. As. prol. 6:

    quid mihi volui? quid mihi nunc prodest bona voluntas?

    Sen. Ben. 4, 21, 6.—
    (β).
    In 2 d pers.:

    quid nunc tibi vis, mulier, memora,

    what is the drift of your talk? Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60: sed quid nunc tibi vis? what do you want to come at (i.e. by your preamble)? id. Poen. 1, 1, 24: quid tu tibi vis? Ego non tangam meam? what do you mean? i. e. what is your purpose? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 28:

    quid tibi vis? quid cum illa rei tibi est?

    id. ib. 4, 7, 34:

    quid est quod sic gestis? quid sibi hic vestitus quaerit? Quid est quod laetus sis? quid tibi vis?

    what do you mean by all this? id. ib. 3, 5, 11:

    quid est, inepta? quid vis tibi? quid rides?

    id. ib. 5, 6, 6:

    quid vis tibi? Quid quaeris?

    id. Heaut. 1, 1, 9: Ph. Fabulae! Ch. Quid vis tibi? id. Phorm. 5, 8, 53:

    roganti ut se in Asiam praefectum duceret, Quid tibi vis, inquit, insane,

    Cic. Or. 2, 67, 269; so in 2 d pers. plur.:

    pro deum fidem, quid vobis vultis?

    Liv. 3, 67, 7.—
    (γ).
    In 3 d pers.:

    quid igitur sibi volt pater? cur simulat?

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 1:

    quid hic volt veterator sibi?

    id. ib. 2, 6, 26:

    proinde desinant aliquando me isdem inflare verbis: quid sibi iste vult?... Cur ornat eum a quo desertus est?

    Cic. Dom. 11, 29:

    quid sibi vellet (Caesar)? cur in suas possessiones veniret?

    Caes. B. G. 1, 44 med.:

    conicere in eum oculos, mirantes quid sibi vellet (i. e. by courting the plebeians),

    Liv. 3, 35, 5:

    qui quaererent quid sibi vellent qui armati Aventinum obsedissent,

    id. 3, 50, 15:

    quid sibi voluit providentia quae Aridaeum regno imposuit?

    Sen. Ben. 4, 31, 1: volt, non volt dare Galla mihi, nec dicere possum quod volt et non volt, quid sibi Galla velit, Mart: 3, 90, 2.—
    (δ).
    Transf. of things as subjects, what means, what signifies? quid volt sibi, Syre, haec oratio? Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 2:

    ut pernoscatis quid sibi Eunuchus velit,

    id. Eun. prol. 45:

    quid ergo illae sibi statuae equestres inauratae volunt?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 150:

    quid haec sibi horum civium Romanorum dona voluerunt?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 80, §

    186: avaritia senilis quid sibi velit, non intellego,

    what is the meaning of the phrase, id. Sen. 18, 66:

    quid ergo illa sibi vult pars altera orationis qua Romanos a me cultos ait?

    Liv. 40, 12, 14:

    tacitae quid vult sibi noctis imago?

    Ov. M. 9, 473.—
    5.
    Bene or male alicui velle, to wish one well or ill, to like or dislike one (ante-class. and poet.): Ph. Bene volt tibi. St. Nequam est illud verbum bene volt, nisi qui bene facit, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 37 sq.:

    jam diu ego huic bene et hic mihi volumus,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 4:

    ut tibi, dum vivam, bene velim plus quam mihi,

    id. Cas. 2, 8, 30:

    egone illi ut non bene vellem?

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 90; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 95; id. Merc. 2, 1, 21; id. Ps. 4, 3, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 9:

    nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 6:

    quo tibi male volt maleque faciet,

    Plaut. Pers. 5, 2, 44:

    atque isti etiam parum male volo,

    id. Truc. 5, 7; cf. id. As. 5, 1, 13:

    utinam sic sient qui mihi male volunt,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 13:

    non sibi male vult,

    he does not dislike himself, Petr. 38; so, melius or optime alicui velle, to like one better or best:

    nec est quisquam mihi aeque melius quoi vellem,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42; id. Merc. 5, 2, 57:

    illi ego ex omnibus optime volo,

    id. Most. 1, 4, 24.—And bene velle = velle: bene volueris in precatione augurali Messalla augur ait, significare volueris, Fest. s. v. bene sponsis, p. 351.—
    6.
    With abl.: alicujus causa velle, to like one for his own sake, i. e. personally, a Ciceronian phrase, probably inst. of omnia alicujus causa velle; lit. to wish every thing (i.e. good) in somebody's behalf.
    (α).
    With omnia expressed: etsi mihi videor intellexisse cum tecum de re M. Annaeii locutus sum, te ipsius causa vehementer omnia velle, tamen, etc.... ut non dubitem quin magnus cumulus accedat commenda tionis meae, Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1:

    repente coepit dicere, se omnia Verris causa velle,

    that he had the most friendly disposition towards Verres, id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 64:

    accedit eo quod Varro magnopere ejus causa vult omnia,

    id. Fam. 13, 22, 1.—
    (β).
    Without omnia:

    per eos qui nostra causa volunt, valentque apud illum,

    Cic. Att. 11, 8, 1:

    sed et Phameae causa volebam,

    id. ib. 13, 49, 1:

    etsi te ipsius Attici causa velle intellexeram,

    id. ib. 16, 16, A, 6:

    valde enim ejus causa volo,

    id. Fam. 16, 17, 2 fin.:

    illud non perficis quo minus tua causa velim,

    id. ib. 3, 7, 6;

    12, 7, 1: si me velle tua causa putas,

    id. ib. 7, 17, 2:

    regis causa si qui sunt qui velint,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 1:

    credo tua causa velle Lentulum,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 4, 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21; cf. id. Imp. Pomp. (v. C. 1. b. supra), where the phrase has its literal meaning; cf. also: alicujus causa (omnia) cupere; v. cupio.—
    7.
    With acc. and subjunct. per ecthesin (ante-class.): nunc ego illum meum virum veniat velim (by mixture of constructions: meum virum velim; and:

    meus vir veniat velim),

    Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 29:

    nunc ego Simonidem mi obviam veniat velim,

    id. Ps. 4, 5, 10:

    nimis hercle ego illum corvum ad me veniat velim,

    id. Aul. 4, 6, 4:

    saltem aliquem velim qui mihi ex his locis viam monstret,

    id. Rud. 1, 3, 35:

    patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi,

    id. Poen. 5, 2, 106; cf. id. Merc. 2, 1, 30 (v. E. 1. d. supra).
    F.
    Velle used absolutely, variously rendered to will, have a will, wish, consent, assent:

    quod vos, malum... me sic ludificamini? Nolo volo, volo nolo rursum,

    I nill I will, I will I nill again, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 57: novi ingenium mulierum: Nolunt ubi velis, ubi nolis cupiunt ultro, they will not where you will, etc., id. Eun. 4, 7, 43:

    quis est cui velle non liceat?

    who is not free to wish? Cic. Att. 7, 11. 2:

    in magnis et voluisse sat est,

    Prop. 2, 10 (3, 1), 6:

    tarde velle nolentis est,

    slow ness in consenting betrays the desire to refuse, Sen. Ben. 2, 5, 4:

    quae (animalia) nullam injuriam nobis faciunt, quia velle non possunt, id. Ira, 2, 26, 4: ejus est nolle qui potest velle,

    the power to assent implies the power to dissent, Dig. 50, 17, 3.—So velle substantively:

    sed ego hoc ipsum velle miserius duco quam in crucem tolli,

    that very wishing, Cic. Att. 7, 11, 2: inest enim velle in carendo, the word carere implies the notion of a wish, id. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:

    velle ac posse in aequo positum erat,

    his will and power were balanced, Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:

    velle tuum nolo, Didyme, nolle volo,

    Mart. 5, 83, 2:

    velle suum cuique est,

    each has his own likings, Pers. 5, 53.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Redundant, when the will to do is identified with the act itself.
    1.
    In imperative sentences.
    a.
    In independent sentences introduced by noli velle, where noli has lost the idea of volition:

    nolite, judices, hunc velle maturius exstingui vulnere vestro quam suo fato,

    do not resolve, Cic. Cael. 32, 79:

    nolite igitur id velle quod fieri non potest,

    id. Phil. 7, 8, 25: qui timor bonis omnibus injectus sit... nolite a me commoneri velle, do not wish, expect, to be reminded by me, etc., id. Mur. 25, 50: nolite hunc illi acerbum nuntium velle perferri, let it not be your decision that, etc., id. Balb. 28, 64: cujus auspicia pro vobis experti nolite adversus vos velle experiri, do not desire, etc., Liv. 7, 40, 16:

    noli adversum eos me velle ducere, etc.,

    Nep. Att. 4, 2.—
    b.
    Ne velis or ne velit fecisse = ne feceris, or ne facito (v. I. A. 3. a. supra).—So ne velis with pres. inf.:

    neve, revertendi liber, abesse velis (= neve abfueris),

    Ov. H. 1, 80.—
    c.
    In affirmative imperative sentences (velim esse = esto;

    rare): tu tantum fida sorori Esse velis (= fida esto or sis),

    Ov. M. 2, 745; and in 3 d pers.:

    di procul a cunctis... Hujus notitiam gentis habere velint (= habeant),

    id. P. 1, 7, 8:

    credere modo qui discet velit (= credat qui discet),

    Quint. 8, prooem. 12. —
    d.
    In clauses dependent on verbs of commanding and wishing:

    aut quia significant divam praedicere ut armis Ac virtute velint patriam defendere terram (= ut defendant),

    Lucr. 2, 641: precor quaesoque ne ante oculos patris facere et pati omnia infanda velis (= facias et patiaris). Liv. 23, 9, 2:

    monentes ne experiri vellet imperium cujus vis, etc.,

    id. 2, 59, 4; 39, 13, 2:

    et mea... opto Vulnera qui fecit facta levare velit,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 18: nos contra (oravimus) [p. 2009]... ne vertere secum Cuncta pater fatoque urguenti incumbere vellet, Verg. A. 2, 653. —With pass. perf. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b):

    legati Sullam orant ut filii innocentis fortunas conservatas velit (virtually = fortunas conservet),

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 25:

    a te peto ut utilitatem sociorum per te quam maxime defensam et auctam velis (= defendas et augeas),

    id. Fam. 13, 9, 3.—So after utinam or ut:

    utinam illi qui prius eum viderint me apud eum velint adjutum tantum quantum ego vellem si quid possem (= utinam illi me adjuvent quantum ego adjuvarem, etc.),

    id. Att. 11, 7, 7:

    cautius ut saevo velles te credere Marti (= utinam te credidisses),

    Verg. A. 11, 153:

    edictum praemittit ad quam diem magistratus... sibi esse praesto Cordubae vellet (= sibi praesto essent),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 19 (cf. also I. B. 9. b. b, and I. B. 2. fin. supra).—
    2.
    In conditional clauses, si facere velim = si faciam, often rendered by the potential or future auxiliaries would or will:

    non tu scis, Bacchae bacchanti si velis advorsarier, ex insana insaniorem facies? (= si advorseris),

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 80:

    si meum Imperium exsequi voluisset, interemptam oportuit (= si executus esset),

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 22:

    si id confiteri velim, tamen istum condemnetis necesse est (= si id confitear),

    if I would acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45:

    si quis velit ita dicere... nihil dicat (= si quis dicat),

    id. Fat. 14, 32:

    dies deficiat si velim numerare, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 32, 81;

    so,

    id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102; id. Verr. 2, 2, 21, § 52:

    qua in sententia si constare voluissent, suam auctoritatem... recuperassent,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 14; id. Verr. 2, 1, 11, § 31; id. Lael. 20, 75:

    conicere potestis, si recordari volueritis quanta, etc.,

    if you will remember, id. Verr. 2, 4, 58, § 129; so id. Or. 1, 44, 197; id. Brut. 1, 2, 5:

    quod si audire voletis externa, maximas res publicas ab adulescentibus labefactatas reperietis,

    id. Sen. 6, 20; so id. Or. 1, 60, 256; 2, 23, 95:

    ejus me compotem voti vos facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, non vos in Samnio, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 40, 5; 23, 13, 6; 23, 15, 4: cum olera Diogeni lavanti Aristippus dixisset: si Dionysium adulare velles, ista non esses;

    Imo, inquit, si tu ista esse velles, non adulares Dionysium,

    Val. Max. 4, 3, ext. 4:

    ut si his (legibus) perpetuo uti voluissent, sempiternum habituri fuerint imperium,

    id. 5, 3, ext. 3:

    quid enim si mirari velit, non in silvestribus dumis poma pendere,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 10, 6; cf. Curt. 5, 1, 1; 3, 5, 6; Ov. H. 17 (18), 43.—With perf. inf. pass.:

    nisi ea (opera) certi auctores monumentis suis testata esse voluissent,

    Val. Max. 3, 2, 24.—
    3.
    In declarative sentences.
    a.
    Volo in 1 st pers. with perf. pass. inf. or part. (volo oratum esse or oratum = oro; v. I. B. 9. b. a and b):

    vos omnes opere magno esse oratos volo benigne ut operam detis, etc.,

    Plaut. Cas. prol. 21:

    justam rem et facilem esse oratam a vobis volo,

    id. Am. prol. 33:

    illud tamen te esse admonitum volo, etc.,

    Cic. Cael. 3, 8:

    sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 53:

    illud te, Tulli, monitum velim etc.,

    Liv. 1, 23, 8:

    quamobrem omnes eos oratos volo Ne, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. prol. 26; so, factum volo = faciam: serva tibi sodalem, et mihi filium. Mne. Factum volo, I will, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 91: pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac, etc. Nau. Factum volo, Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 4; so Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 10.—In 3 d pers.:

    esse salutatum vult te mea littera primum,

    Ov. P. 2, 7, 1.—
    b.
    With pres. inf.:

    propterea te vocari ad cenam volo (= voco te),

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 72:

    sed nunc rogare hoc ego vicissim te volo: quid fuit, etc. (= nunc te rogo),

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 136.—
    c.
    With perf. act. inf.:

    pace tua dixisse velim (= pace tua dixerim),

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 9.—
    d.
    In other connections, when the will or purpose is made more prominent than the action:

    eorum alter, qui Antiochus vocatur, iter per Siciliam facere voluit (= fecit),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 61:

    si suscipere eam (religionem) nolletis, tamen in eo qui violasset sancire vos velle oporteret (= sancire vos oporteret),

    id. ib. 2, 4, 51, §

    114: ut insequentibus diebus nemo eorum forum aut publicum adspicere vellet (= adspiceret),

    Liv. 9, 7, 11:

    talentis mille percussorem in me emere voluisti (= emisti),

    Curt. 3, 5, 6: quin etiam senatus gratias ei agentem quod redire voluisset ante portas eduxit (= quod redisset), Val. Max. 3, 4, 4:

    utri prius gratulemur, qui hoc dicere voluit, an cui audire contigit? (= qui hoc dixit),

    id. 4, 7, ext. 2:

    sic tua non paucae carpere facta volent (= carpent),

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 64.
    B.
    Velim, as potential subjunctive (mostly in 1 st pers. sing., as subjunctive of modest statement), = volo, I wish, I should like.
    1.
    With verb in the second person.
    a.
    With pres. subj., so most frequently in Cic.
    (α).
    As a modest imperative of the dependent verb: velim facias = fac, I wish you would do it, please do it:

    ego quae in rem tuam sint, ea velim facias,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 9:

    eas (litteras) in eundem fasciculum velim addas,

    Cic. Att. 12, 53:

    eum salvere jubeas velim,

    id. ib. 7, 7, 7:

    velim me facias certiorem, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 9:

    tu velim saepe ad nos scribas,

    id. ib. 1, 12, 4:

    velim mihi ignoscas,

    id. Fam. 13, 75, 1:

    tu velim animum a me parumper avertas,

    id. Lael. 1, 5; cf. id. Att. 1, 11, 3; 7, 3, 11; 8, 12, 5; id. Fam. 15, 3, 2 et saep.:

    haec pro causa mea dicta accipiatis velim,

    Liv. 42, 34, 13: velim, inquit, hoc mihi probes, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 51:

    Musa velim memores, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 53.—
    (β).
    Expressing a wish without a command (v. vellem):

    vera dicas velim,

    I wish you told the truth, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 18:

    quam velim Bruto persuadeas ut Asturae sit,

    Cic. Att. 14, 15, 4:

    ipse velim poenas experiare meas,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 11, 74;

    so in asseverations: ita velim me promerentem ames, dum vivas, mi pater, ut... id mihi vehementer dolet,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 47.—
    b.
    With infinitive clause.
    (α).
    With the force of a modest imperative:

    sed qui istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim (i. e. a te),

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:

    extremum illud est quod mihi abs te responderi velim,

    Cic. Vat. 17, 41 (may be a dependent subjunctive):

    itaque vos ego, milites, non eo solum animo.... pugnare velim, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 10.—
    (β).
    As a mere wish:

    velim te arbitrari, frater, etc.,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 1:

    primum te arbitrari id quod res est velim,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 9.—With perf. act.:

    hanc te quoque ad ceteras tuas eximias virtutes, Masinissa, adjecisse velim,

    Liv. 30, 14, 6.—With perf. pass., Liv. 1, 23, 8 (v. II. A. 3. a. supra).—
    c.
    With ut (rare):

    de tuis velim ut eo sis animo, quo debes esse,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 4. —
    d.
    With ne (rare), Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—
    2.
    With dependent verb in the third person, expressing a wish.
    a.
    With pres. subj.:

    ita se defatigent velim Ut, etc.,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 3:

    de Cicerone quae mihi scribis, jucunda mihi sunt: velim sint prospera,

    Cic. Att. 14, 11, 2:

    velim seu Himilco, seu Mago respondeat,

    Liv. 23, 12, 15:

    sint haec vera velim,

    Verg. Cir. 306:

    nulla me velim syllaba effugiat,

    Quint. 11, 2, 45.—With final clause:

    tu velim mihi ad urbem praesto sis, ut tuis consiliis utar,

    Cic. Att. 9, 16, 3; cf. id. ib. 11, 11, 2 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—With ellips. of pres. subj.:

    velim mehercule Asturae Brutus (i. e. sit),

    Cic. Att. 14, 11, 1.—
    b.
    With perf. subj. (a wish referring to the past):

    nimis velim improbissumo homini malas edentaverint,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 48.—
    c.
    With inf.-clause:

    ne ego nunc mihi modium mille esse argenti velim!

    Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 9: di me perdant! Me. Quodcunque optes, velim tibi contingere, id. Cist. 2, 1, 30:

    velim eum tibi placere quam maxime,

    Cic. Brut. 71, 249: idque primum ita esse velim;

    deinde etiam, si non sit, mihi persuaderi tamen velim,

    id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:

    quod faxitis, deos velim fortunare,

    Liv. 6, 41, 12.—With perf. pass. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):

    edepol te hodie lapide percussum velim,

    Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33:

    moribus praefectum mulierum hunc factum velim,

    id. Aul. 3, 5, 30.—With inf.-clause understood:

    nimium plus quam velim nostrorum ingenia sunt mobilia,

    Liv. 2, 37, 4.—
    3.
    With verb in the first person.
    a.
    With inf. pres. (so most freq.):

    atque hoc velim probare omnibus, etc.,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47:

    velim scire ecquid de te recordere,

    id. Tusc. 1, 6, 13:

    quare te, ut polliceris, videre plane velim,

    id. Att. 11, 9, 3:

    nec vero velim... a calce ad carceres revocari,

    id. Sen. 23, 83:

    sed multitudo ea quid animorum... habeat scire velim,

    Liv. 23, 12, 7:

    interrogare tamen velim, an Isocrates Attice dixerit,

    Quint. 12, 10, 22.—With perf. inf. act., Ov. P. 3, 1, 9 (v. II. A. 3. c.).—
    b.
    With acc. and inf.:

    quod velis, modo id velim me scire,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 4, 8.—So with perf. pass. inf.:

    ego praeterquam quod nihil haustum ex vano velim, Fabium... potissimum auctorem habui,

    Liv. 22, 7, 4.—
    c.
    With subj. pres.:

    eo velim tam facili uti possim et tam bono in me quam Curione,

    Cic. Att. 10, 8, 10 B. and K. ex conj. Mull. (Lachm., Hoffm. posse; al. possem).—
    4.
    Velim in the principal sentence of conditional clauses, I would, I should be willing:

    aetatem velim servire, Libanum ut (= si) conveniam modo,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 8:

    velim, si fieri possit,

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 12:

    si quid tibi compendi facere possim, factum edepol velim (redundant),

    id. ib. 2, 4, 26:

    si possim, velim,

    id. Stich. 4, 2, 9:

    nec velim (imitari orationes Thucydidis) si possim,

    Cic. Brut. 83, 287:

    si liceat, nulli cognitus esse velim,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 42.—
    5.
    The other persons of velim in potential use (rare).
    a.
    Velis.
    (α).
    Imperatively = cupito:

    quoniam non potest fieri quod vis, Id velis quod possit,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 6:

    atque aliquos tamen esse velis tibi, alumna, penates,

    Verg. Cir. 331.—
    (β).
    Declaratively with indef. subj.: quom inopia'st, cupias; quando ejus copia'st, tum non velis, then you (i.e. people, they) do not want it, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 45.—
    (γ).
    Redundant, as a form of the imperative of the dependent verb, Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38 (v. I. A. 3. a. b); id. H. 1, 80 (v. II. A. 1. b.); id. M. 2, 746 (v. II. A. 1. c.).—
    b.
    Velit.
    (α).
    Modestly for vult:

    te super aetherias licentius auras Haud pater ille velit, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 558: nemo enim minui velit id in quo maximus fuit, would like that to be diminished in which, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 2, 104, and Ov. H. 9, 7 (v. I. E. 1. c. supra).— So, poet., instead of vellet with perf. inf.:

    ut fiat, quid non illa dedisse velit?

    Ov. Am. 2, 17, 30.—
    (β).
    = imperative of third person:

    arma velit, poscatque simul rapiatque juventus,

    Verg. A. 7, 340.—Redundantly, giving to the dependent verb the force of an imperative, Quint. 8, prooem. 12 (v. II. A. 1. c. supra; v. also I. A. 3. a. supra).—
    c.
    Velimus.
    (α).
    In the optative sense of velim:

    sed scire velimus quod tibi nomen siet,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 6, 18.—
    (β).
    With imperative sense (= let us, we should, etc.), Quint. 6, 3, 28 (v. I. A. 2. d. supra).—
    d.
    Velitis = velim velitis (i. e. jubeatis, jubete):

    novos consules ita cum Samnite gerere bellum velitis ut omnia ante nos bella gesta sunt,

    Liv. 9, 8, 10.—So especially in velitis jubeatis, a formula in submitting a law to the votes of the people in the comitia centuriata or tributa, let it be resolved and ordered by you:

    rogatus in haec verba populus: velitis jubeatisne haec sic fieri, si respublica populi Romani Quiritium, etc.,

    Liv. 22, 10, 2:

    velitis jubeatis, Quirites... uti de ea re Ser. Sulpicius praetor urbanus ad senatum referat, etc.,

    id. 38, 54, 3.—And parodied by Cic.:

    velitis jubeatis ut quod Cicero versum fecerit,

    Cic. Pis. 29, 72.—So in oblique discourse, vellent juberent:

    rogationem promulgavit, vellent juberent Philippo... bellum indici,

    Liv. 31, 6, 1:

    vellent juberentne se regnare,

    id. 1, 46, 1; cf.

    in the resolution of the people: plebis sic jussit: quod senatus... censeat, id volumus jubemusque,

    id. 26, 33, 14.—
    e.
    Velint, optative and redundant, Cic. Att. 11, 7, 7 (v. II. A. 1. d.); Ov. P. 1, 7, 8 (v. II. A. 1. c.).
    C.
    Vellem, as potential subjunctive, I wish, should like, should have liked, representing the wish as contrary to fact, while velim refers to a wish which may be realized:

    de Menedemo vellem verum fuisset, de regina velim verum sit,

    Cic. Att. 15, 4, 4. It is not used with imperative force; cf.:

    quod scribis, putare te... vellem scriberes, cur ita putares... tu tamen velim scribas,

    Cic. Att. 11, 24, 5.—Often quam vellem, how I wish, i. e. I wish very much; and in the same sense: nimium vellem, v. infra.
    1.
    With verb in first person.
    a.
    With inf. pres., I wish, would like, referring to present or future actions:

    videre equidem vos vellem, cum huic aurum darem,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 68:

    vellem equidem idem posse gloriari quod Cyrus,

    Cic. Sen. 10, 32:

    vellem equidem vobis placere, Quirites, sed, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 68, 9:

    quam fieri vellem meus libellus!

    Mart. 8, 72, 9.—With cuperem and optarem:

    nunc ego Triptolemi cuperem conscendere currus... Nunc ego Medeae vellem frenare dracones... Nunc ego jactandas optarem sumere pennas, etc.,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 1 sqq.— [p. 2010] Rarely, I should have liked:

    tum equidem istuc os tuum inpudens videre nimium vellem!

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 49.—And in conditional sense:

    maerorem minui: dolorem nec potui, nec, si possem, vellem (i. e. minuere),

    Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:

    certe ego, si sineres, titulum tibi reddere vellem,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 5, 13:

    sic nec amari quidem vellem (i. e. if I were in his place),

    Sen. Ira, 1, 20, 4.—
    b.
    With perf. inf., I wish I had:

    abiit, vah! Rogasse vellem,

    I wish I had asked him, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 25:

    maxime vellem semper tecum fuisse,

    Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5:

    quam vellem petisse ab eo quod audio Philippum impetrasse,

    id. ib. 10, 4, 10:

    non equidem vellem, quoniam nocitura fuerunt, Pieridum sacris imposuisse manum,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 27:

    ante equidem summa de re statuisse, Latini, Et vellem, et fuerat melius,

    Verg. A. 11, 303. —
    c.
    With inf.-clause, the predicate being a perf. part. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):

    virum me natam vellem,

    would I had been born a man! Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 9.—
    d.
    With subj. imperf. (rare):

    quam vellem, Panaetium nostrum nobiscum haberemus,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15.—
    2.
    The subject of the dependent verb in the second person.
    a.
    With subj. imperf. (the regular construction):

    hodie igitur me videbit, ac vellem tum tu adesses,

    I wish you could be present, Cic. Att. 13, 7, 2:

    quam vellem de his etiam oratoribus tibi dicere luberet,

    I wish you would please, id. Brut. 71, 248.—
    b.
    With subj. pluperf., I wish you had:

    vellem Idibus Martiis me ad cenam invitasses,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 4, 1:

    quam vellem te ad Stoicos inclinavisses,

    id. Fin. 3, 3, 10:

    vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,

    id. Att. 10, 6, 2:

    quam vellem Bruto studium tuum navare potuisses,

    id. ib. 15, 4, 5.—
    c.
    With ne and pluperf. subj.:

    tu vellem ne veritus esses ne parum libenter legerem tuas litteras,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 33, 2.—
    d.
    With ellipsis of verb: vera cantas, vana vellem (i. e. cantares). Plaut. Most. 3, 4, 41.—
    3.
    With verb in third person.
    a.
    With imperf. subj. (the regular construction):

    patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi (per ecthesin, v. I. E. b.),

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 106:

    vellem adesset Antonius, modo sine advocatis,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:

    vellem nobis hoc idem vere dicere liceret,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1:

    vellem adesse posset Panaetius,

    id. Tusc. 1, 33, 81:

    vellem hoc esset laborare,

    id. Or. 2, 71, 287.—
    b.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    vellem aliqui ex vobis robustioribus hunc male dicendi locum suscepissent,

    Cic. Cael. 3, 7:

    vellem dictum esset ab eodem etiam de Dione,

    id. ib. 10, 23; so id. ib. 31, 74; id. Brut. 44, 163:

    quam vellem Dareus aliquid ex hac indole hausisset!

    Curt. 3, 32 (12), 26.—
    c.
    With inf.-clause.
    (α).
    With inf. pres., I wish he were:

    quam non abesse ab hujus judicio L. Vulsionem vellem!

    Cic. Clu. 70, 198:

    nunc mihi... Vellem, Maeonide, pectus inesse tuum,

    Ov. F. 2, 120.—
    (β).
    With perf. inf. or part., I wish he had, had been:

    quam vellem Menedemum invitatum!

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:

    epistulas, quas quidem vellem mihi numquam redditas,

    Cic. Att. 11, 22, 1.—

    With ellipsis of predicate: illud quoque vellem antea (i. e. factum, or factum esse),

    Cic. Att. 11, 23, 3.—
    d.
    With ut, Cic. Sull. 1, 1; id. Fam. 7, 33, 2 (v. I. C. 1. a. supra).—
    4.
    With acc. of a neuter pronoun or of a noun:

    aliquando sentiam us nihil nobis nisi, id quod minime vellem, spiritum reliquum esse,

    Cic. Att. 9, 19, 2: tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem: apti essent ad id quod cogito, I would like to have (cf. I. E. 1. a.), id. ib. 13, 22, 2.—
    5.
    In the other persons of vellem (mostly poet.).
    a.
    Velles.
    (α).
    In optative sentences redundant, Verg. A. 11, 153 (v. II. A. 1. d.).—
    (β).
    Of an indefinite subject:

    velles eum (Senecam) suo ingenio dixisse, alieno judicio,

    Quint. 10, 1, 130.—
    b.
    Vellet.
    (α).
    In the potential sense of vellem: vellet abesse quidem;

    sed adest. Velletque videre, Non etiam sentire canum fera facta suorum,

    Ov. M. 3, 247.—
    (β).
    Conditionally:

    quis vellet tanti nuntius esse mali (i. e. if in this situation)?

    Ov. H. 12, 146.—
    c.
    Vellent.
    (α).
    In the potential sense of vellem:

    quam vellent aethere in alto Nunc of pauperiem et duros perferre labores!

    Verg. A. 6, 436.—
    (β).
    Conditionally: nec superi vellent hoc licuisse sibi, would wish, i. e. if in this situation, Mart. 4, 44, 8.
    D.
    Volam and voluero.
    1.
    In gen.: respiciendus erit sermo stipulationis, utrumne talis sit: quem voluero, an quem volam. Nam si talis fuerit quem voluero, cum semel elegerit, mutare voluntatem non poterit;

    si vero... quem volam, donec judicium dictet, mutandi potestatem habebit,

    Dig. 45, 1, 112.—
    2.
    Volam in principal sentences.
    (α).
    = Engl. future, I shall wish, etc.:

    et commeminisse hoc ego volam te,

    I shall require you to recollect this, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 7: cum omnia habueris, tunc habere et sapientiam voles? will you also wish to have wisdom when? etc., Sen. Ep. 17, 8.—
    (β).
    Denoting present probability: et scilicet jam me hoc voles patrem exorare, ut, etc., you doubtless wish me, etc., Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 27.—
    3.
    In clauses dependent on predicates implying a future, generally rendered by an English present:

    quid si sors aliter quam voles evenerit?

    otherwise than as you wish, Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 35:

    tum te, si voles, cum patriae quod debes solveris, satis diu vixisse dicito,

    then if you choose, if you will, Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:

    decedes cum voles,

    id. Att. 6, 3, 2:

    qui magis effugies eos qui volent fingere?

    those who are bent upon inventing, who will invent, falsehoods, id. ib. 8, 2, 2; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 24:

    quod voles gratum esse, rarum effice,

    Sen. Ben. 1, 14, 1; cf. id. Brev. Vit. 7, 9: si di volent, the gods permitting, August. ap. Suet. Calig. 8:

    invenies, vere si reperire voles,

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 34; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78; Tib. 1, 4, 45.—So, voluero:

    quem (locum) si qui vitare voluerit, sex milium circuitu in oppidum pervenit,

    who wishes to avoid this spot, Caes. B. C. 2, 24.
    E.
    Si vis, parenthetically.
    1.
    If you please (cf. sis, supra init.):

    paulum opperirier, Si vis,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 52:

    audi, si vis, nunc jam,

    id. Ad. 2, 1, 30:

    dic, si vis, de quo disputari velis,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 5, 13.—
    2.
    If you wish, choose, insist upon it:

    hanc quoque jucunditatem, si vis, transfer in animum,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 4, 14:

    addam, si vis, animi, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 27, 89:

    concedam hoc ipsum, si vis, etc.,

    id. Div. 2, 15, 34.
    F.
    Quam, with any person of the pres. indic. or subj., or imperf. subj. or future, = quamvis, in a concessive sense, virtually, however, however much.
    1.
    3 d pers. sing.:

    quod illa, quam velit sit potens, numquam impetravisset (= quamvis sit potens),

    however powerful she may be, Cic. Cael. 26, 63:

    C. Gracchus dixit, sibi in somnis Ti. fratrem visum esse dicere, quam vellet cunctaretur, tamen eodem sibi leto... esse pereundum,

    id. Div. 1, 26, 56:

    quam volet jocetur,

    id. N. D. 2, 17, 46.—
    2.
    1 st pers. plur.:

    quam volumus licet ipsi nos amemus, tamen, etc.,

    Cic. Har. Resp. 9, 19.—
    3.
    2 d pers. plur.: exspectate facinus quam vultis improbum, vincam tamen, etc., expect a crime, however wicked ( ever so wicked), etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11;

    but: hac actione quam voletis multi dicent,

    as many as you choose, id. ib. 2, 2, 42, § 102.—
    4.
    3 d pers. plur.:

    quam volent illi cedant, tamen a re publica revocabuntur,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 44, 113:

    quam volent in conviviis faceti, dicaces, etc., sint, alia fori vis est, alia triclinii,

    id. Cael. 28, 67;

    but: et ceteri quam volent magnas pecunias capere possint,

    as much money as they choose, id. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 142.
    G.
    Volo = malo, to prefer, with a comparative clause (rare):

    quodsi in ceteris quoque studiis a multis eligere homines commodissimum quodque, quam sese uni alicui certo vellent addicere, = si se eligere mallent quam se uni addicere,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 2, 5:

    malae rei quam nullius duces esse volunt,

    Liv. 3, 68, 11:

    famaene credi velis quanta urbs a te capta sit, quam posteris quoque eam spectando esse?

    id. 25, 29, 6.
    H.
    With magis and maxime.
    1.
    Magis velle: ut tu illam salvam magis velles quam ego, you wish more than I, etc., Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 17.—
    2.
    With maxime, to wish above all, more than any thing or any one else, to be most agreeable to one, to like best, to prefer (among more than two alternatives):

    quia id maxime volo ut illi istoc confugiant,

    wish above all, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 49; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 38:

    maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla, etc.,

    Cic. Sull. 1, 1:

    caritate nos capiunt reges, consilio optimates, libertate populi, ut in comparando difficile ad eligendum sit, quid maxime velis,

    which you prefer, like best, id. Rep. 1, 35, 55; so, quemadmodum ego maxime vellem, id. Att. 13, 1, 1:

    tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem,

    above all others, id. ib. 13, 32, 2:

    alia excusanti juveni, alia recipienti futura, ita ut maxime vellet senatus responderi placuit,

    as it was most agreeable to him, Liv. 39, 47:

    si di tibi permisissent quo modo maxime velles experiri animum meum,

    in the manner most convenient to yourself, Curt. 3, 6, 12.
    K.
    In disjunctive co - ordination.
    1.
    With sive... sive:

    tu nunc, sive ego volo, seu nolo, sola me ut vivam facis,

    whether I choose or not, Plaut. Cist. 3, 14:

    itaque Campanos sive velint, sive nolint, quieturos,

    Liv. 8, 2, 13.—
    2.
    Without connectives.
    a.
    Vis tu... vis:

    congredi cum hoste liceat... vis tu mari, vis terra, vis acie, vis urbibus expugnandis experiri virtutem?

    Liv. 25, 6, 22.—
    b.
    Velim nolim.
    (α).
    Interrogatively, = utrum velim nec ne:

    velit nolit scire, difficile est,

    it is difficult to know whether he intends it or not, Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 4.—
    (β).
    = seu velim seu nolim:

    ut mihi, velim nolim, sit certa quaedam tuenda sententia,

    whether I will or not, Cic. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    velim nolim, in cognomine Scipionum haeream necesse est,

    Val. Max. 3, 7, 3:

    mors interim adest, cui velis nolis vacandum est,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 8, 5:

    hunc ita fundatum necesse est, velit nolit, sequatur hilaritas continua,

    id. Vit. Beat. 4, 4:

    velint nolint, respondendum est... beate vivere bonum non esse,

    id. Ep. 117, 4:

    praeterea futuri principes, velint nolint, sciant, etc.,

    Plin. Pan. 20 fin. Part. and P. a.: vŏlens, entis.
    A.
    As a part. proper, retaining the meaning and construction of velle, with the force of a relative or adverbial clause.
    1.
    Agreeing with some member of the sentence ( poet. and in post-class. prose;

    rare): neque illum... multa volentem Dicere praeterea vidit (= qui multa voluit dicere),

    Verg. G. 4, 501; id. A. 2, 790:

    nec me vis ulla volentem Avertet (i. e. si adhaerere foederi volo),

    id. ib. 12, 203: decemviri, minuere volentes hujuscemodi violentiam... putaverunt, etc., intending ( who intended) to diminish such a violence, etc., Gell. 20, 1, 34:

    Milo, experiri etiamtunc volens, an ullae sibi reliquae vires adessent... rescindere quercum conatus est,

    id. 15, 16, 3:

    scio quosdam testatores, efficere volentes ne servi sui umquam ad libertatem venirent, etc., hactenus scribere solitos,

    Dig. 40, 4, 61:

    si te volentem ad prohibendum venire, deterruerit aliquis, etc.,

    ib. 43, 24, 1, § 10.—
    2.
    Abl. absol. (not ante-Aug.):

    ne cujus militis scripti nomen nisi ipso volente deleretur,

    except with his consent, Liv. 7, 41, 4; so,

    Teum ex medio cursu classem repente avertit, aut volentibus iis usurus commeatu parato hostibus, aut ipsos pro hostibus habiturus,

    with their consent, id. 37, 27, 3:

    ponuntque ferocia Poeni Corda, volente deo,

    since the god willed it, Verg. A. 1, 303: Thrasippo supplicium a se voluntaria morte exigere volente, while he was about to inflict punishment on himself, etc., Val. Max. 5, 1, ext. 2: scire volentibus immortalibus dis an Romana virtus imperium orbis mereretur, it being the will of the gods to know, etc., Flor. 1, 13, 3 (1, 7, 3): qui sciente aut volente eo ad quem res pertinet, possessionem nanciscitur, with the knowledge and consent of the person who, etc., Dig. 41, 2, 6. —
    B.
    As adj., willing, voluntary, and hence, favorably disposed (opp. invitus).
    1.
    Attributively.
    a.
    In the phrase cum dis volentibus, lit. with the willing or favoring gods, i. e. with the will, permission, or favor of the gods: dono ducite doque volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):

    sequere hac, mea gnata, me cum dis volentibus,

    Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 4:

    cum dis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi Mani uti illaec suovetaurilia, etc.,

    Cato, R. R. 141 (142).— And without cum, abl. absol.:

    virtute ac dis volentibus magni estis et opulenti,

    Sall. J. 14, 19.—
    b.
    Volenti animo.
    (α).
    = cupide, eagerly:

    Romae plebes litteris quae de Metello ac Mario missae erant, volenti animo de ambobus acceperant,

    Sall. J. 73, 3. —
    (β).
    On purpose, intentionally:

    consilio hanc omnes animisque volentibus urbem Adferimur,

    Verg. A. 7, 216.—
    2.
    Predicatively.
    a.
    Agreeing with the subject-nom. or subject - acc.
    (α).
    Voluntarily, willingly, [p. 2011] gladly (class.):

    (hi) divini generis appellentur... vobisque jure et lege volentes pareant,

    Cic. Univ. 11 fin.:

    quas victi ab hostibus poenas metuerant, eas ipsi volentes pendere,

    Sall. J. 76, 6:

    quia volentes in amicitiam non veniebant,

    Liv. 21, 39, 4:

    si volentes ac non coacti mansissent in amicitia,

    id. 24, 37, 7:

    quocunque loco seu volens seu invitus constitisti,

    id. 7, 40, 13:

    itaque se numquam volentem parte qua posset rerum consilio gerendarum cessurum,

    id. 22, 27, 9:

    (virtus), quidquid evenerit, feret, non patiens tantum, sed etiam volens,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:

    non est referre gratiam quod volens acceperis nolenti reddere,

    id. Ben. 4, 40, 4:

    volens vos Turnus adoro,

    Verg. A. 10, 677; 3, 457; 6, 146;

    12, 833: date vina volentes,

    id. ib. 8, 275: ipsa autem macie tenuant armenta volentes ( on purpose), id. G. 3, 129.—And referring to subjects denoting things: quos rami fructus, quos ipsa volentia rura Sponte tulere sua, carpsit ( spontaneously and willingly), Verg. G. 2, 500.—
    (β).
    Favorably; with propitius, favorably and kindly, referring to the gods:

    precantes Jovem ut volens propitius praebeat sacra arma pro patria,

    Liv. 24, 21, 10:

    precantibus ut volens propitiaque urbem Romanam iniret,

    id. 29, 14, 13:

    in ea arce (Victoriam) sacratam, volentem propitiamque, firmam ac stabilem fore populo Romano,

    id. 22, 37, 12; 1, 16, 3; 7, 26, 3; 24, 38, 8; Inscr. Orell. 2489 sq.—Parodied by Plautus:

    agite, bibite, festivae fores! fite mihi volentes propitiae,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89.— Abl. absol.:

    omnia diis propitiis volentibusque ea faciemus,

    with the favor and help of the gods, Liv. 39, 16, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    si (Jovem) invocem ut dexter ac volens assit,

    Quint. 4, prooem. 5.—
    b.
    Agreeing with other terms of the sentence (rare): volenti consuli causa in Pamphyliam devertendi oblata est, a welcome cause was offered to the consul, etc., Liv. 38, 15, 3:

    quod nobis volentibus facile continget,

    if we wish, Quint. 6, 2, 30:

    is Ariobarzanem volentibus Armeniis praefecit,

    to their satisfaction, Tac. A. 2, 4:

    gemis... hominem, Urse, tuum, cui dulce volenti servitium... erat,

    to whom his servitude was sweet, since he liked it, Stat. S. 2, 6, 15:

    me mea virtus, etc., fatis egere volentem,

    Verg. A. 8, 133:

    saepe ille volentem castigabat erum,

    administered kindly received rebukes, Stat. S. 2, 6, 50.—
    c.
    In the phrase aliquid mihi volenti est or putatur, etc., something is welcome, acceptable to me, pleases me (= volens habeo or accipio aliquid; cf. the Gr. Humin tauta boulomenois estin, and, mihi aliquid cupienti est; v. cupio;

    rare but class.): uti militibus exaequatus cum imperatore labos volentibus esset,

    that the equalization of labor was acceptable to the soldier, Sall. J. 100, 4:

    quia neque plebei militia volenti putabatur,

    id. ib. 84, 3 Dietsch:

    grande periculum maritumis civitatibus esse, et quibusdam volentibus novas res fore,

    that to some a change of the government would be welcome, Liv. 21, 50, 10:

    quibus bellum volentibus erat, probare exemplum,

    Tac. Agr. 18.— Impers. with subject - inf.: ceterisque remanere et in verba Vespasiani adigi volentibus fuit, to the rest it was acceptable to remain, etc., Tac. H. 3, 43.—With subject-inf. understood:

    si volentibus vobis erit, in medium profero quae... legisse memini,

    Macr. S. 7, 13, 11:

    si volentibus vobis erit, diem fabulis et epulis exigamus,

    id. ib. 1, 7; 2, 3 fin.; 6, 6 init.
    3.
    As subst. (mostly post-Aug.).
    a.
    vŏlens, entis, m., = is qui vult, in the different meanings, and often with the construction of the verb.
    (α).
    One who wishes:

    nunc cis Hiberum castra Romana esse, arcem tutam perfugiumque novas volentibus res,

    Liv. 22, 22, 11:

    consulere se volentibus vacuas aures accommodavit,

    Val. Max. 5, 8, 3:

    quid opus libertate si volentibus luxu perire non licet,

    id. 2, 9, 5:

    discere meliora volentibus promptum est,

    i. e. it depends on our own will to learn better things, Quint. 11, 11, 12:

    nec sum in hoc sollicitus, dum res ipsa volentibus discere appareat,

    to the students, id. 8, 4, 15:

    mori volentibus vis adhibita vivendi,

    Suet. Tib. 61.—
    (β).
    One who intends, is about:

    juris ignorantia non prodest acquirere volentibus,

    i. e. in the acquisition of property, Dig. 22, 6, 7:

    si quis volentem incipere uti frui prohibuit,

    one who is about to enter upon a usufruct, ib. 43, 16, 3, § 14. —
    (γ).
    One who is willing:

    non refert quid sit quod datur, nisi a volente volenti datur,

    unless it is both willingly given and received, Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 8:

    ducunt volentem fata, nolentem trahunt,

    those willing to follow, id. Ep. 107, 11.—
    (δ).
    One who consents:

    tutiusque rati volentibus quam coactis imperitare,

    to rule men with their consent, Sall. J. 102, 6:

    quippe rempublicam si a volentibus nequeat ab invitis jus expetituram,

    peaceably if they could, forcibly if they must, Liv. 3, 40, 4:

    si quis aliam rem pro alia volenti solverit,

    if one pays with the consent of the receiver, Dig. 46, 3, 46:

    nulla injuria est quae in volentem fiat,

    ib. 47, 10, 1, § 5.—
    (ε).
    One who does a thing voluntarily:

    pecuniam etiam a volentibus acceperant,

    the contributions of money were voluntary, Vell. 2, 62, 3:

    parce, puer, stimulis... (solis equi) Sponte sua properant. Labor est inhibere volentis (i. e. properare),

    Ov. M. 2, 128.—
    (ζ).
    Volens = bene volens: munificus nemo habebatur nisi pariter volens, unless he was just as kindly disposed, sc. as he was liberal, Sall. J. 103, 6.—Often referring to a previously mentioned noun:

    hunc cape consiliis socium et conjunge volentem,

    and unite with him, since he wishes it, Verg. A. 5, 712; so may be taken Ov. M. 2, 128 (v. e).—
    b.
    In the neutr. plur. (volentia) rare, always with dat., things pleasing, acceptable:

    Pompeius multis suspitionibus volentia plebi facturus habebatur,

    that he would do what pleased the common people, Sall. H. 4, 31 Dietsch:

    haec atque talia plebi volentia fuere,

    Tac. A. 15, 36 Draeg. ad loc. al.:

    iique Muciano volentia rescripsere,

    id. H. 3, 52.—Hence, adv.: vŏlenter, willingly, App. M. 6, p. 178, 4.
    2.
    vŏlo, āvi, ātum ( part. gen. plur. volantūm, Verg. A. 6, 728; Lucr. 2, 1083), 1, v. n. [Sanscr. val-, to turn one's self, etc.; cf.: vŏlucer, vēlox, and vol- in velivolus], to fly.
    I.
    Lit.: ex alto... laeva volavit avis, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 95 Vahl.):

    aves,

    Lucr. 6, 742:

    accipitres,

    id. 4, 1010:

    corvi,

    id. 2, 822:

    altam supra volat ardea nubem,

    Verg. G. 1, 364:

    volat ille per aëra magnum Remigio alarum,

    id. A. 1, 300:

    columbae venere volantes,

    id. ib. 6, 191; Prop. 2, 30 (3, 28), 30; Juv. 8, 251:

    apes,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 96; cf. Plin. 10, 38, 54, § 112:

    volasse eum (Antonium), non iter fecisse diceres,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 5, 11.—Prov.:

    sine pennis volare haud facile est,

    Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 49.—
    2.
    P. a. as subst.: vŏlantes, ĭum, comm., the birds ( poet.), Lucr. 2, 1083; Verg. A. 6, 239; 6, 728.—
    II.
    Transf., to fly, i. e. to move swiftly like one flying, to fleet, speed, hasten along:

    i sane... vola curriculo,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 17; cf.:

    per summa levis volat aequora curru,

    Verg. A. 5, 819:

    medios volat ecce per hostes Vectus equo spumante Saces,

    id. ib. 12, 650:

    illa (Argo) volat,

    Ov. H. 6, 66:

    currus,

    Verg. G. 3, 181:

    axis,

    id. ib. 3, 107:

    nubes,

    Lucr. 5, 254:

    fulmina,

    id. 2, 213:

    tempestates,

    id. 6, 612:

    telum,

    id. 1, 971; cf. Sall. J. 60, 2; Verg. A. 9, 698; Liv. 26, 44, 7 al.:

    litterae Capuam ad Pompeium volare dicebantur,

    Cic. Att. 2, 19, 3:

    volat aetas,

    id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    hora,

    Sen. Hippol. 1141:

    fama,

    Verg. A. 3, 121:

    et semel emissum volat irrevocabile verbum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 71.— Poet., with inf.:

    ast Erebi virgo ditem volat aethere Memphim Praecipere et Phariā venientem pellere terrā,

    Val. Fl. 4, 407.
    3.
    vŏlo, ōnis, m. [1. volo], a volunteer, first applied to the slaves who, after the battle at Cannæ, were enrolled upon their own expressed desire to serve (cf. Liv. 22, 57, 11; Val. Max. 7, 6, 1):

    volones dicti sunt milites, qui post Cannensem cladem usque ad octo milia, cum essent servi, voluntarie se ad militiam obtulere,

    Paul. Diac. p. 370:

    volones, quia sponte hoc voluerunt, appellati,

    Macr. S. 1, 11, 30:

    vetus miles tironi, liber voloni sese exaequari sineret,

    Liv. 23, 35, 6; 23, 32, 1; Capitol. Anton. Phil. 21, 6; Macr. S. 1, 11, 30.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > volo

  • 9 da

    tempo since
    viene da Roma he comes from Rome
    sono da mio fratello I'm at my brother's (place)
    ero da loro I was at their place
    passo da Firenze I'm going via Florence
    vado dal medico I'm going to the doctor's
    da ieri since yesterday
    da oggi in poi from now on, starting from today
    da bambino as a child
    I'ho fatto da me I did it myself
    qualcosa da mangiare something to eat
    francobollo da 1000 lire 1000 lire stamp
    dai capelli grigi with grey hair
    * * *
    da prep.
    1 ( moto da luogo, origine, provenienza) from (anche fig.): da dove vieni?, where do you come from? (o where are you from?); l'aereo da Roma arriva alle 7.50, the plane from Rome arrives at 7.50; da che binario parte il treno per Parigi?, which platforms does the Paris train leave from?; vengo adesso dall'ospedale, I've just come from the hospital; sostammo a Roma e da lì proseguimmo per Napoli, we called at Rome and from there went on to Naples; si sono trasferiti da Milano a Firenze, they moved from Milan to Florence; la macchina veniva da destra, the car was coming from the right; ''Da dove provenivano gli spari?'' ''Dall'interno dell'edificio'', ''Where did the shots come from?'' ''From inside the building''; la porta si apriva dall'esterno, the door opened from the outside // fuori da, ( moto da luogo) out of; ( stato in luogo) outside: guardava ( fuori) dalla finestra, she was looking out of the window; tolse dalla tasca il portafoglio, he took his wallet out of his pocket; c'era una gran folla fuori dal teatro, there was a big crowd outside the theatre // Sant'Antonio da Padova, St. Anthony of Padua; Francesca da Rimini, Francesca of Rimini // da... a, from... to; la catena appenninica attraversa l'Italia da nord a sud, the Apennines cross Italy from north to south; contare da 1 a 100, to count from 1 to 100; dalla A alla Z, from A to Z
    2 ( distanza, separazione, distacco) from (anche fig.): da qui al mare c'è mezzora di macchina, it takes half an hour by car from here to the coast; Firenze dista da Roma circa 300 chilometri, Florence is about 300 kilometres from Rome; le Alpi separano l'Italia dalla Francia, the Alps separate Italy from France; vive separato dalla famiglia, he lives apart from his family; non riuscivano a staccarlo da sua madre, they were unable to get him away from his mother
    3 ( allontanamento, assenza) away (from): la prossima settimana sarò via da Milano per affari, next week I shall be away from Milan on business; era assente da scuola per malattia, she was away from school due to illness; non ama stare lontano da casa, he doesn't like being away from home; tenetevi lontano dai binari, keep away from the railtracks
    4 ( moto a luogo) to: porteremo i bambini dai nonni per Natale, we'll take the children to their grandparents' for Christmas; venite da noi a colazione?, will you come to us for lunch?; devo andare dal dentista alle 3, I have to go to the dentist's at 3 o'clock
    5 ( stato in luogo) at: dal macellaio, dal parrucchiere, at the butcher's, at the hairdresser's; è da sua madre in questo momento, she's at her mother's now; mi fermerò a dormire da un amico, I'm going to stay at a friend's house; abbiamo cenato da Mario, we had dinner at Mario's // si veste da Dior, she is dressed by Dior (o she wears Dior clothes) // da noi si usa così, we do it this way
    6 ( moto per luogo) through: se passi da Bergamo, vieni a trovarci, if you're passing through Bergamo, come and see us; non trovavo le chiavi e sono entrato dalla finestra, I could not find my keys so I got in through the window; l'acqua è filtrata dal tetto, water leaked through the roof; il pianoforte non passa dalla porta, the piano won't go through the door; entra aria dalle fessure, there's a draught coming in through the cracks
    7 ( agente, causa efficiente, con il verbo al passivo) by: la città fu completamente distrutta dal terremoto, the town was completely destroyed by the earthquake; essere colpito da virus, to be infected by a virus; 'Marcovaldo' è stato scritto da Calvino, 'Marcovaldo' was written by Calvino; il progetto sarà realizzato da architetti italiani, the plan will be carried out by Italian architects
    8 ( causa) for, with: tremare dal freddo, to shiver with cold; era pallido dalla paura, he was pale with fear; fare i salti dalla gioia, to jump for joy; non riusciva a tenere gli occhi aperti dal sonno, she couldn't keep her eyes open for tiredness
    9 ( durata nel tempo) for: vivo a Palermo da oltre un anno, I've been living in Palermo for over a year; ''Da quanto tempo studi il tedesco?'' ''Da sei mesi'', ''How long have you been studying German?'' ''For six months''; lo aspetto da due ore, I've been waiting for him for two hours; lo conosco da vent'anni, I've known him for twenty years; non piove da parecchi mesi, it hasn't rained for several months; Cara Lucia, scusa se non ti scrivo da tanto tempo..., Dear Lucy, sorry I haven't written for so long... // da secoli, da un'eternità, for ages
    10 ( decorrenza) since ( riferito al tempo passato); (as) from ( riferito al presente o al futuro): insegna dal 1980, he has been teaching since 1980; sono passati più di due secoli dalla Rivoluzione Francese, over two centuries have passed since the French Revolution; da prima della guerra, since before the war; da allora, since then; lavoro dalle otto di stamattina, I've been working since 8 o'clock this morning; non mangia da ieri, he hasn't eaten since yesterday; è da Natale che non abbiamo sue notizie, we haven't heard from him since Christmas; da quel giorno non ci siamo più visti, we haven't seen each other since that day; dall'ultima sua telefonata sono passati due mesi, it's two months since she last phoned; da quando è rimasto senza lavoro, non è più lui, he hasn't been the same since he lost his job; dal primo di luglio, il mio indirizzo sarà..., as from July 1st, my address will be...; da aprile a settembre..., from April to September...; qui le rose fioriscono da maggio a novembre, roses bloom here from May to November // da ieri, since yesterday // da oggi in poi, from today onwards // ( a partire) da domani, (as) from tomorrow // sin dalla sua infanzia, since (s)he was a child // a tre giorni dal suo arrivo, three days after his arrival // cieco dalla nascita, blind from birth
    11 ( modo) like: comportati da uomo, behave like a man; vivere da re, to live like a king; ti ho trattato da amico, I've treated you like a friend; ha agito da perfetto mascalzone, he behaved like a real scoundrel; da buon italiano, adora gli spaghetti, like a true Italian, he loves spaghetti // non è da te arrendersi al primo insuccesso, it's unlike you to give up so easily
    12 ( stato, condizione) as: da bambino, as a child; ti parlo da medico, I'm talking to you as a doctor; da giovane, as a young man; lasciamoci da buoni amici, let's part as friends // che cosa farai da grande?, what are you going to be, when you grow up?
    13 ( qualità, caratteristica, valore): un francobollo da 0,62 euro, a 62 euro cent stamp; una banconota da 5 euro, a five-euro note; un brillante da 100.000 euro, a 100,000-euro diamond; una lampadina da 40 watt, a 40-watt light bulb; una domanda da un milione di dollari, a million-dollar question; un palazzo dalla facciata neo-classica, a building with a neo-classical façade // è un uomo da poco, he isn't worth much // una faccia da schiaffi, a brazen face
    14 ( uso, determinazione, scopo): rete da pesca, fishing net; occhiali da sole, sunglasses; ferro da stiro, iron; spazzolino da denti, toothbrush; carta da macero, scrap paper; macchina da scrivere, typewriter ∙ Come si nota dagli esempi, nei significati 13 e 14 sono spesso usate forme aggettivali in luogo del compl. introdotto dalla prep. da
    15 ( limitazione) in: cieco da un occhio, blind in one eye; sordo da un orecchio, deaf in one ear
    16 ( per indicare trasformazione, mutamento) from: passare dallo stato liquido allo stato gassoso, to change from the liquid phase to the gaseous phase; da impiegato è diventato dirigente, from being an ordinary employee he has become a director; da piccola azienda sono diventati un complesso industriale a livello mondiale, from small beginnings they have become a worldwide organization; sfumature dal rosso all'arancio, shades from red to orange
    17 (con valore consecutivo, spesso in correlazione con così, tanto, talmente): non è tipo da arrendersi facilmente, he isn't the sort to give up easily; non sarai tanto sciocco da rifiutare una simile offerta!, you won't be so silly as to refuse such an offer, will you?; erano così assorti nel gioco da non accorgersi della nostra presenza, they were so wrapped up in their game that they didn't notice we were there
    18 ( secondo, in base a) by, from: l'ho riconosciuto dalla voce, I recognized him by his voice; da un'attenta analisi è risultato che..., from a careful analysis it turns out that...; da quello che si legge sui giornali..., from what you read in the newspapers...
    19 (seguito da un verbo all'inf., per esprimere fine, necessità o dovere) to (+ inf.): vorrei un bel libro da leggere, I'd like a good book to read; avete camere da affittare?, have you any rooms to let?; vuoi qualcosa da bere?, will you have something to drink?; non c'è un attimo da perdere, there isn't a moment to lose; hai molto da fare?, have you much to do?; era un rischio da correre, it was a risk we had to run // una commedia ( tutta) da ridere, a hilarious comedy.
    ◆ FRASEOLOGIA: da parte, aside (o apart) // da capo daccapo // da capo a piedi, from head to toe // dall'inizio alla fine, from start to finish // dal primo all'ultimo, from first to last // dall'inizio, from the beginning // da basso, downstairs // da dentro, from within // da fuori, from outside // da lontano, from afar // da vicino, from nearby // copia dal vero, real life copy // da solo, da sé, by oneself // chi fa da sé fa per tre, (prov.) if you want a job doing, do it yourself.
    * * *
    [da]
    preposizione (artcl. dal, dallo, dalla, dall'; pl. dai, da' ant., dagli, dalle)
    1) (moto da luogo, origine, provenienza, distanza) from

    viene, arriva da Taiwan — he's from Taiwan

    dalla finestra si vede... — from the window, one can see...

    2) (moto per luogo) through

    per andare a Roma passo da Firenze — to get to Rome, I go via o by o through Florence

    da qcn. — (a casa di) at sb.'s (place)

    dal dottore, dal barbiere — at the doctor's, barber's

    "da Mario" — (su un'insegna) "Mario's"

    abito qui dal 1° maggio — I've been living here since 1 t May

    7) da... a from... to
    8) (complemento d'agente, di causa efficiente, mezzo) by
    9) (causa) with, for
    10) (fine, scopo, utilizzo)
    11) (valore, misura)

    un uomo dai capelli scuri, dagli occhi verdi — a dark-haired, green-eyed man, a man with dark hair, green eyes

    13) (come) like; (nella funzione di, con il ruolo di) as

    dare da bere a qcn. — to give sb. a drink

    * * *
    da
    /da/
    (artcl. dal, dallo, dalla, dall'; pl. dai, da' ant., dagli, dalle)
     1 (moto da luogo, origine, provenienza, distanza) from; il treno da Roma the train from Rome; da dove vieni? where are you from? viene, arriva da Taiwan he's from Taiwan; dalla finestra si vede... from the window, one can see...; arrivare da destra to come from the right; non è lontano da qui it's not far from here; a due chilometri dal mare two kilometres from the seaside
     2 (moto per luogo) through; passare da Milano to pass through Milan; per andare a Roma passo da Firenze to get to Rome, I go via o by o through Florence; passare dalla finestra to pass through the window
     3 (stato in luogo) at; da qcn. (a casa di) at sb.'s (place); dal dottore, dal barbiere at the doctor's, barber's; "da Mario" (su un'insegna) "Mario's"
     4 (moto a luogo) andare dal dottore to go to the doctor's; vado da Isa I'm going to Isa's
     5 (tempo) (inizio) since; da allora since then; sono qui da lunedì I've been here since Monday; abito qui dal 1° maggio I've been living here since 1st May; da quando siamo arrivati ever since we arrived
     6 (tempo) (durata) for; da due ore for two hours; studio inglese da due anni I've studied English for two years; non si vedevano da 6 anni they hadn't seen each other for 6 years
     7 da... a from... to; da destra a sinistra from right to left; da martedì a sabato from Tuesday to Saturday; lavorare dalle 9 alle 5 to work from 9 till o to 5
     8 (complemento d'agente, di causa efficiente, mezzo) by; scritto da Poe written by Poe; rispettato da tutti respected by all; la riconosco dalla camminata I know her by her walk
     9 (causa) with, for; tremare dal freddo to shiver with cold; sbellicarsi dalle risa to scream with laughter; saltare dalla gioia to jump for joy
     10 (fine, scopo, utilizzo) cappello da cowboy cowboy hat; abito da sera evening dress
     11 (valore, misura) una banconota da dieci sterline a ten-pound note; una lampadina da 60 watt a 60-watt light bulb
     12 (qualità) un uomo dai capelli scuri, dagli occhi verdi a dark-haired, green-eyed man, a man with dark hair, green eyes
     13 (come) like; (nella funzione di, con il ruolo di) as; te lo dico da amico I'll tell you as a friend; travestirsi da pirata to dress up as a pirate; comportarsi da vigliacco to act like a coward; non è da lui it's not like him o unlike him; da bambino giocavo a calcio when I was a child I used to play football
     14 (limitazione) in; cieco da un occhio blind in one eye
     15 (davanti a verbo all'infinito) non ho più niente da dire I have nothing more to say; c'è ancora molto da fare a lot remains to be done; la casa è da affittare the house is to let; dare da bere a qcn. to give sb. a drink
     16 (con valore consecutivo) essere così ingenuo da fare to be foolish enough to do; saresti così gentile da fare would you be so kind as to do.
    \
    See also notes... (da.pdf)

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > da

  • 10 abverto

    ā-verto (arch. - vorto; in MSS. also abverto; cf. ab init.), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn something away from a place, to avert, turn off, remove, etc. (opp. adverto).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.
    a.
    Constr. aliquem ab or with the simple abl.; the limit designated by in with acc. (more rarely by ad):

    ab saxo avortit fluctus ad litus scapham,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 76: Jup. Te volo, uxor, conloqui. Quor ted avortisti? Alc. Est ita ingenium meum:

    Inimicos semper osa sum optuerier,

    id. Am. 3, 2, 18:

    (M. Lepidus) Antonio diadema Caesari imponente se avertit,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 14; id. Balb. 5, 11:

    aliquid ab oculis,

    id. N. D. 2, 56, 141:

    nos flumina arcemus, dirigimus, avertimus,

    turn off, id. ib. 2, 60, 152; so Liv. 41, 11, 3: quod iter ab Arari Helvetii averterant, had turned aside their march from Caes. B. G. 1, 16 et saep.:

    locis seminis ic tum,

    Lucr. 4, 1273:

    Italiā Teucrorum regem,

    Verg. A. 1, 42:

    a ceteris omnium in se oculos,

    Liv. 2, 5, 6:

    in comitiorum disceptationem ab lege certamen,

    id. 3, 24, 9:

    ab hominibus ad deos preces,

    id. 6, 20, 10: se alicui, instead of ab aliquo. Col. 6, 37, 10.—And poet. with acc.:

    quo regnum Italiae Libycas averteret oras,

    Verg. A. 4, 106. —With dat.:

    Quod mihi non patrii poterant avertere amici,

    Prop. 4, 24, 9; so Val. Fl. 3, 491.—Also without an antecedent ab (since this is included in the verb) with in with acc.:

    in fugam classem, Liv 22, 19, 11: dissipatos in fugam,

    id. 34, 15, 2; hence absol.:

    mille acies avertit avertetque (sc. in fugam),

    put to flight, id. 9, 19, 17.—
    b.
    Pass. in mid. signif. with the acc., in the Greek manner, to turn away from:

    equus fontes avertitur,

    Verg. G. 3, 499 (cf. the Gr. apostrephesthai to hudôr, and aversari):

    oppositas impasta avertitur herbas,

    Stat. Th. 6, 192; Petr. 124, 248.—
    c.
    As v. n. avertere = se avertere, to turn one's self away, to retire:

    ob eam causam huc abs te avorti,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 83:

    ecce avortit,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 50:

    dixit et avertens roseā cervice refulsit,

    Verg. A. 1, 402:

    tum prora avertit,

    id. ib. 1, 104:

    avertit et ire in Capitolium coepit,

    Gell. 4, 18, 4 al. —
    B.
    To take away, drive away, carry off, steal, embezzle, to appropriate to one ' s self:

    pecuniam publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 4:

    compertum publicam pecuniam avertisse,

    Tac. H. 1, 53:

    aliquid domum tuam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    praedam omnem domum avertebant,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 59:

    intellexistis innumerabilem frumenti numerum per triennium aversum a re publicā esse ereptumque aratoribus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 69 fin.:

    auratam Colchis pellem,

    to carry off, Cat. 64, 5:

    quattuor a stabulis tauros,

    Verg. A. 8, 208:

    avertere praedas,

    id. ib. 10, 78:

    carā pisces avertere mensā,

    Hor. S. 2, 4, 37.—
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To turn, divert a person from a course of action, purpose, etc.:

    accusandi terrores et minae populi opinionem a spe adipiscendi avertunt,

    Cic. Mur. 21:

    avertant animos a spe recuperandae arcis,

    Liv. 9, 24, 11:

    qui mentem optimi viri a defensione meae salutis averterant,

    Cic. Sest. 31:

    ut nec vobis averteretur a certamine animus,

    Liv. 1, 28, 5:

    animum a pietate,

    id. 7, 5, 7:

    aliquem ab incepto avertit,

    id. 23, 18, 9:

    a philosophiā,

    Suet. Ner. 52.—
    B.
    Aliquem, to turn away from one in feeling, i. e. to make averse or disinclined to, to alienate, estrange:

    legiones abducis a Bruto. Quas? nempe eas, quas ille a C. Antonii scelere avertit et ad rem publicam suā auctoritate traduxit,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 3:

    ipse Pompeius totum se ab ejus (sc. Caesaris) amicitiā averterat,

    had quite alienated himself from, Caes. B. C. 1, 4:

    civitates ab alicujus amicitiā,

    id. ib. 3, 79:

    popularium animos,

    Sall. J. 111, 2:

    futurum, uti totius Galliae animi a se averterentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20:

    nobis mentem deorum,

    Cat. 64, 406.—Hence, āver-sus, a, um, P. a.
    A.
    Turned off or away: aversum hostem videre nemo potuit, turned away, i. e. turned in flight, Caes. B. G. 1, 26; hence, backwards, behind, back ( = a tergo; opp. adversus), distant:

    et adversus et aversus impudicus es,

    before and behind, Cic. de Or. 2, 63, 256:

    canities homini semper a priori parte capitis, tum deinde ab aversā,

    Plin. 11, 37, 47, § 131; 11, 52, 113, § 272: ne aversos nostros aggrederentur, fall upon our troops in the rear, Galba ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 30, 3:

    ne aversi ab hoste circumvenirentur,

    from behind, in the rear, Caes. B. G. 2, 26:

    aversos proterere,

    id. B. C. 2, 41: aversi vulnerantur, Auct. B. Alex. 30;

    32: aversum ferro transfixit,

    Nep. Dat. 11, 5:

    aversos boves caudis in speluncam traxit,

    backwards, Liv. 1, 7, 5 (cf. Prop. 5, 9, 12:

    Aversos caudā traxit in antra boves): aversa hosti porta,

    Tac. A. 1, 66:

    scribit in aversā Picens epigrammata chartā,

    upon the back of the paper, Mart. 8, 62 (cf. Juv. 1, 6: liber scriptus in tergo), and so al.— Trop.:

    milites aversi a proelio,

    withdrawn from the battle, Caes. B. C. 2, 12. — Subst.: āversum, i, n., the hinder or back part, the back (as subst. only in the plur.):

    per aversa castrorum receptus est,

    Vell. 2, 63 Ruhnk.:

    per aversa urbis fugam dederat,

    Liv. 5, 29, 4: ad aversa insulae, id. [p. 215] 37, 27, 2:

    aversa montis,

    Plin. 4, 11, 18, § 41: aversa Indiae, the back or remoter parts of India, id. 37, 8, 33, § 110.—So in adverb. phrase: in aversum, backwards:

    Cetera animalia in aversum posterioribus pedibus quam prioribus,

    Plin. 11, 45, 101, § 248 (Jan, in diversum):

    collum circum agit (lynx) in aversum,

    id. 11, 47, 107, § 256 (Jan, in aversum se; Sillig, in adversum). —
    B.
    Disinclined, alienated, unfavorable, opposed, hostile, averse; constr. with ab, with dat., or absol.
    (α).
    With ab (so most frequently in Cicero):

    aversus a Musis,

    Cic. Arch. 9, 20:

    aversus a vero,

    id. Cat. 3, 9, 21:

    turbidi animorum motus, aversi a ratione, et inimicissimi mentis vitaeque tranquillae,

    id. Tusc. 4, 15, 34:

    Quintus aversissimo a me animo fuit,

    id. Att. 11, 5 fin.; Col. 11, 1, 14:

    aversissimus ab istis prodigiis sum,

    Sen. Ep. 50.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    aversus mercaturis,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 107:

    vilicus aversus contubernio,

    Col. 12, 1, 2:

    defensioni aversior,

    Quint. 7, 1, 11 (but acc. to the MSS., adversior seems here to deserve the preference; so Halm; cf. Spald. and Zumpt ad h. l.).—
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    aversa deae mens,

    Verg. A. 2, 170:

    aversa voluntas,

    id. ib. 12, 647:

    aversos soliti componere amicos,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:

    aversus animus,

    Tac. H. 4, 80 et saep.:

    vultus aversior,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 24:

    aversi animis,

    Tac. A. 14, 26.— Adv. not used.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > abverto

  • 11 aversum

    ā-verto (arch. - vorto; in MSS. also abverto; cf. ab init.), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn something away from a place, to avert, turn off, remove, etc. (opp. adverto).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.
    a.
    Constr. aliquem ab or with the simple abl.; the limit designated by in with acc. (more rarely by ad):

    ab saxo avortit fluctus ad litus scapham,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 76: Jup. Te volo, uxor, conloqui. Quor ted avortisti? Alc. Est ita ingenium meum:

    Inimicos semper osa sum optuerier,

    id. Am. 3, 2, 18:

    (M. Lepidus) Antonio diadema Caesari imponente se avertit,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 14; id. Balb. 5, 11:

    aliquid ab oculis,

    id. N. D. 2, 56, 141:

    nos flumina arcemus, dirigimus, avertimus,

    turn off, id. ib. 2, 60, 152; so Liv. 41, 11, 3: quod iter ab Arari Helvetii averterant, had turned aside their march from Caes. B. G. 1, 16 et saep.:

    locis seminis ic tum,

    Lucr. 4, 1273:

    Italiā Teucrorum regem,

    Verg. A. 1, 42:

    a ceteris omnium in se oculos,

    Liv. 2, 5, 6:

    in comitiorum disceptationem ab lege certamen,

    id. 3, 24, 9:

    ab hominibus ad deos preces,

    id. 6, 20, 10: se alicui, instead of ab aliquo. Col. 6, 37, 10.—And poet. with acc.:

    quo regnum Italiae Libycas averteret oras,

    Verg. A. 4, 106. —With dat.:

    Quod mihi non patrii poterant avertere amici,

    Prop. 4, 24, 9; so Val. Fl. 3, 491.—Also without an antecedent ab (since this is included in the verb) with in with acc.:

    in fugam classem, Liv 22, 19, 11: dissipatos in fugam,

    id. 34, 15, 2; hence absol.:

    mille acies avertit avertetque (sc. in fugam),

    put to flight, id. 9, 19, 17.—
    b.
    Pass. in mid. signif. with the acc., in the Greek manner, to turn away from:

    equus fontes avertitur,

    Verg. G. 3, 499 (cf. the Gr. apostrephesthai to hudôr, and aversari):

    oppositas impasta avertitur herbas,

    Stat. Th. 6, 192; Petr. 124, 248.—
    c.
    As v. n. avertere = se avertere, to turn one's self away, to retire:

    ob eam causam huc abs te avorti,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 83:

    ecce avortit,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 50:

    dixit et avertens roseā cervice refulsit,

    Verg. A. 1, 402:

    tum prora avertit,

    id. ib. 1, 104:

    avertit et ire in Capitolium coepit,

    Gell. 4, 18, 4 al. —
    B.
    To take away, drive away, carry off, steal, embezzle, to appropriate to one ' s self:

    pecuniam publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 4:

    compertum publicam pecuniam avertisse,

    Tac. H. 1, 53:

    aliquid domum tuam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    praedam omnem domum avertebant,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 59:

    intellexistis innumerabilem frumenti numerum per triennium aversum a re publicā esse ereptumque aratoribus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 69 fin.:

    auratam Colchis pellem,

    to carry off, Cat. 64, 5:

    quattuor a stabulis tauros,

    Verg. A. 8, 208:

    avertere praedas,

    id. ib. 10, 78:

    carā pisces avertere mensā,

    Hor. S. 2, 4, 37.—
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To turn, divert a person from a course of action, purpose, etc.:

    accusandi terrores et minae populi opinionem a spe adipiscendi avertunt,

    Cic. Mur. 21:

    avertant animos a spe recuperandae arcis,

    Liv. 9, 24, 11:

    qui mentem optimi viri a defensione meae salutis averterant,

    Cic. Sest. 31:

    ut nec vobis averteretur a certamine animus,

    Liv. 1, 28, 5:

    animum a pietate,

    id. 7, 5, 7:

    aliquem ab incepto avertit,

    id. 23, 18, 9:

    a philosophiā,

    Suet. Ner. 52.—
    B.
    Aliquem, to turn away from one in feeling, i. e. to make averse or disinclined to, to alienate, estrange:

    legiones abducis a Bruto. Quas? nempe eas, quas ille a C. Antonii scelere avertit et ad rem publicam suā auctoritate traduxit,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 3:

    ipse Pompeius totum se ab ejus (sc. Caesaris) amicitiā averterat,

    had quite alienated himself from, Caes. B. C. 1, 4:

    civitates ab alicujus amicitiā,

    id. ib. 3, 79:

    popularium animos,

    Sall. J. 111, 2:

    futurum, uti totius Galliae animi a se averterentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20:

    nobis mentem deorum,

    Cat. 64, 406.—Hence, āver-sus, a, um, P. a.
    A.
    Turned off or away: aversum hostem videre nemo potuit, turned away, i. e. turned in flight, Caes. B. G. 1, 26; hence, backwards, behind, back ( = a tergo; opp. adversus), distant:

    et adversus et aversus impudicus es,

    before and behind, Cic. de Or. 2, 63, 256:

    canities homini semper a priori parte capitis, tum deinde ab aversā,

    Plin. 11, 37, 47, § 131; 11, 52, 113, § 272: ne aversos nostros aggrederentur, fall upon our troops in the rear, Galba ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 30, 3:

    ne aversi ab hoste circumvenirentur,

    from behind, in the rear, Caes. B. G. 2, 26:

    aversos proterere,

    id. B. C. 2, 41: aversi vulnerantur, Auct. B. Alex. 30;

    32: aversum ferro transfixit,

    Nep. Dat. 11, 5:

    aversos boves caudis in speluncam traxit,

    backwards, Liv. 1, 7, 5 (cf. Prop. 5, 9, 12:

    Aversos caudā traxit in antra boves): aversa hosti porta,

    Tac. A. 1, 66:

    scribit in aversā Picens epigrammata chartā,

    upon the back of the paper, Mart. 8, 62 (cf. Juv. 1, 6: liber scriptus in tergo), and so al.— Trop.:

    milites aversi a proelio,

    withdrawn from the battle, Caes. B. C. 2, 12. — Subst.: āversum, i, n., the hinder or back part, the back (as subst. only in the plur.):

    per aversa castrorum receptus est,

    Vell. 2, 63 Ruhnk.:

    per aversa urbis fugam dederat,

    Liv. 5, 29, 4: ad aversa insulae, id. [p. 215] 37, 27, 2:

    aversa montis,

    Plin. 4, 11, 18, § 41: aversa Indiae, the back or remoter parts of India, id. 37, 8, 33, § 110.—So in adverb. phrase: in aversum, backwards:

    Cetera animalia in aversum posterioribus pedibus quam prioribus,

    Plin. 11, 45, 101, § 248 (Jan, in diversum):

    collum circum agit (lynx) in aversum,

    id. 11, 47, 107, § 256 (Jan, in aversum se; Sillig, in adversum). —
    B.
    Disinclined, alienated, unfavorable, opposed, hostile, averse; constr. with ab, with dat., or absol.
    (α).
    With ab (so most frequently in Cicero):

    aversus a Musis,

    Cic. Arch. 9, 20:

    aversus a vero,

    id. Cat. 3, 9, 21:

    turbidi animorum motus, aversi a ratione, et inimicissimi mentis vitaeque tranquillae,

    id. Tusc. 4, 15, 34:

    Quintus aversissimo a me animo fuit,

    id. Att. 11, 5 fin.; Col. 11, 1, 14:

    aversissimus ab istis prodigiis sum,

    Sen. Ep. 50.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    aversus mercaturis,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 107:

    vilicus aversus contubernio,

    Col. 12, 1, 2:

    defensioni aversior,

    Quint. 7, 1, 11 (but acc. to the MSS., adversior seems here to deserve the preference; so Halm; cf. Spald. and Zumpt ad h. l.).—
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    aversa deae mens,

    Verg. A. 2, 170:

    aversa voluntas,

    id. ib. 12, 647:

    aversos soliti componere amicos,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:

    aversus animus,

    Tac. H. 4, 80 et saep.:

    vultus aversior,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 24:

    aversi animis,

    Tac. A. 14, 26.— Adv. not used.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aversum

  • 12 averto

    ā-verto (arch. - vorto; in MSS. also abverto; cf. ab init.), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn something away from a place, to avert, turn off, remove, etc. (opp. adverto).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.
    a.
    Constr. aliquem ab or with the simple abl.; the limit designated by in with acc. (more rarely by ad):

    ab saxo avortit fluctus ad litus scapham,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 76: Jup. Te volo, uxor, conloqui. Quor ted avortisti? Alc. Est ita ingenium meum:

    Inimicos semper osa sum optuerier,

    id. Am. 3, 2, 18:

    (M. Lepidus) Antonio diadema Caesari imponente se avertit,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 14; id. Balb. 5, 11:

    aliquid ab oculis,

    id. N. D. 2, 56, 141:

    nos flumina arcemus, dirigimus, avertimus,

    turn off, id. ib. 2, 60, 152; so Liv. 41, 11, 3: quod iter ab Arari Helvetii averterant, had turned aside their march from Caes. B. G. 1, 16 et saep.:

    locis seminis ic tum,

    Lucr. 4, 1273:

    Italiā Teucrorum regem,

    Verg. A. 1, 42:

    a ceteris omnium in se oculos,

    Liv. 2, 5, 6:

    in comitiorum disceptationem ab lege certamen,

    id. 3, 24, 9:

    ab hominibus ad deos preces,

    id. 6, 20, 10: se alicui, instead of ab aliquo. Col. 6, 37, 10.—And poet. with acc.:

    quo regnum Italiae Libycas averteret oras,

    Verg. A. 4, 106. —With dat.:

    Quod mihi non patrii poterant avertere amici,

    Prop. 4, 24, 9; so Val. Fl. 3, 491.—Also without an antecedent ab (since this is included in the verb) with in with acc.:

    in fugam classem, Liv 22, 19, 11: dissipatos in fugam,

    id. 34, 15, 2; hence absol.:

    mille acies avertit avertetque (sc. in fugam),

    put to flight, id. 9, 19, 17.—
    b.
    Pass. in mid. signif. with the acc., in the Greek manner, to turn away from:

    equus fontes avertitur,

    Verg. G. 3, 499 (cf. the Gr. apostrephesthai to hudôr, and aversari):

    oppositas impasta avertitur herbas,

    Stat. Th. 6, 192; Petr. 124, 248.—
    c.
    As v. n. avertere = se avertere, to turn one's self away, to retire:

    ob eam causam huc abs te avorti,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 83:

    ecce avortit,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 50:

    dixit et avertens roseā cervice refulsit,

    Verg. A. 1, 402:

    tum prora avertit,

    id. ib. 1, 104:

    avertit et ire in Capitolium coepit,

    Gell. 4, 18, 4 al. —
    B.
    To take away, drive away, carry off, steal, embezzle, to appropriate to one ' s self:

    pecuniam publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 4:

    compertum publicam pecuniam avertisse,

    Tac. H. 1, 53:

    aliquid domum tuam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    praedam omnem domum avertebant,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 59:

    intellexistis innumerabilem frumenti numerum per triennium aversum a re publicā esse ereptumque aratoribus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 69 fin.:

    auratam Colchis pellem,

    to carry off, Cat. 64, 5:

    quattuor a stabulis tauros,

    Verg. A. 8, 208:

    avertere praedas,

    id. ib. 10, 78:

    carā pisces avertere mensā,

    Hor. S. 2, 4, 37.—
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To turn, divert a person from a course of action, purpose, etc.:

    accusandi terrores et minae populi opinionem a spe adipiscendi avertunt,

    Cic. Mur. 21:

    avertant animos a spe recuperandae arcis,

    Liv. 9, 24, 11:

    qui mentem optimi viri a defensione meae salutis averterant,

    Cic. Sest. 31:

    ut nec vobis averteretur a certamine animus,

    Liv. 1, 28, 5:

    animum a pietate,

    id. 7, 5, 7:

    aliquem ab incepto avertit,

    id. 23, 18, 9:

    a philosophiā,

    Suet. Ner. 52.—
    B.
    Aliquem, to turn away from one in feeling, i. e. to make averse or disinclined to, to alienate, estrange:

    legiones abducis a Bruto. Quas? nempe eas, quas ille a C. Antonii scelere avertit et ad rem publicam suā auctoritate traduxit,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 3:

    ipse Pompeius totum se ab ejus (sc. Caesaris) amicitiā averterat,

    had quite alienated himself from, Caes. B. C. 1, 4:

    civitates ab alicujus amicitiā,

    id. ib. 3, 79:

    popularium animos,

    Sall. J. 111, 2:

    futurum, uti totius Galliae animi a se averterentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20:

    nobis mentem deorum,

    Cat. 64, 406.—Hence, āver-sus, a, um, P. a.
    A.
    Turned off or away: aversum hostem videre nemo potuit, turned away, i. e. turned in flight, Caes. B. G. 1, 26; hence, backwards, behind, back ( = a tergo; opp. adversus), distant:

    et adversus et aversus impudicus es,

    before and behind, Cic. de Or. 2, 63, 256:

    canities homini semper a priori parte capitis, tum deinde ab aversā,

    Plin. 11, 37, 47, § 131; 11, 52, 113, § 272: ne aversos nostros aggrederentur, fall upon our troops in the rear, Galba ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 30, 3:

    ne aversi ab hoste circumvenirentur,

    from behind, in the rear, Caes. B. G. 2, 26:

    aversos proterere,

    id. B. C. 2, 41: aversi vulnerantur, Auct. B. Alex. 30;

    32: aversum ferro transfixit,

    Nep. Dat. 11, 5:

    aversos boves caudis in speluncam traxit,

    backwards, Liv. 1, 7, 5 (cf. Prop. 5, 9, 12:

    Aversos caudā traxit in antra boves): aversa hosti porta,

    Tac. A. 1, 66:

    scribit in aversā Picens epigrammata chartā,

    upon the back of the paper, Mart. 8, 62 (cf. Juv. 1, 6: liber scriptus in tergo), and so al.— Trop.:

    milites aversi a proelio,

    withdrawn from the battle, Caes. B. C. 2, 12. — Subst.: āversum, i, n., the hinder or back part, the back (as subst. only in the plur.):

    per aversa castrorum receptus est,

    Vell. 2, 63 Ruhnk.:

    per aversa urbis fugam dederat,

    Liv. 5, 29, 4: ad aversa insulae, id. [p. 215] 37, 27, 2:

    aversa montis,

    Plin. 4, 11, 18, § 41: aversa Indiae, the back or remoter parts of India, id. 37, 8, 33, § 110.—So in adverb. phrase: in aversum, backwards:

    Cetera animalia in aversum posterioribus pedibus quam prioribus,

    Plin. 11, 45, 101, § 248 (Jan, in diversum):

    collum circum agit (lynx) in aversum,

    id. 11, 47, 107, § 256 (Jan, in aversum se; Sillig, in adversum). —
    B.
    Disinclined, alienated, unfavorable, opposed, hostile, averse; constr. with ab, with dat., or absol.
    (α).
    With ab (so most frequently in Cicero):

    aversus a Musis,

    Cic. Arch. 9, 20:

    aversus a vero,

    id. Cat. 3, 9, 21:

    turbidi animorum motus, aversi a ratione, et inimicissimi mentis vitaeque tranquillae,

    id. Tusc. 4, 15, 34:

    Quintus aversissimo a me animo fuit,

    id. Att. 11, 5 fin.; Col. 11, 1, 14:

    aversissimus ab istis prodigiis sum,

    Sen. Ep. 50.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    aversus mercaturis,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 107:

    vilicus aversus contubernio,

    Col. 12, 1, 2:

    defensioni aversior,

    Quint. 7, 1, 11 (but acc. to the MSS., adversior seems here to deserve the preference; so Halm; cf. Spald. and Zumpt ad h. l.).—
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    aversa deae mens,

    Verg. A. 2, 170:

    aversa voluntas,

    id. ib. 12, 647:

    aversos soliti componere amicos,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:

    aversus animus,

    Tac. H. 4, 80 et saep.:

    vultus aversior,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 24:

    aversi animis,

    Tac. A. 14, 26.— Adv. not used.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > averto

  • 13 avorto

    ā-verto (arch. - vorto; in MSS. also abverto; cf. ab init.), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn something away from a place, to avert, turn off, remove, etc. (opp. adverto).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.
    a.
    Constr. aliquem ab or with the simple abl.; the limit designated by in with acc. (more rarely by ad):

    ab saxo avortit fluctus ad litus scapham,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 76: Jup. Te volo, uxor, conloqui. Quor ted avortisti? Alc. Est ita ingenium meum:

    Inimicos semper osa sum optuerier,

    id. Am. 3, 2, 18:

    (M. Lepidus) Antonio diadema Caesari imponente se avertit,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 14; id. Balb. 5, 11:

    aliquid ab oculis,

    id. N. D. 2, 56, 141:

    nos flumina arcemus, dirigimus, avertimus,

    turn off, id. ib. 2, 60, 152; so Liv. 41, 11, 3: quod iter ab Arari Helvetii averterant, had turned aside their march from Caes. B. G. 1, 16 et saep.:

    locis seminis ic tum,

    Lucr. 4, 1273:

    Italiā Teucrorum regem,

    Verg. A. 1, 42:

    a ceteris omnium in se oculos,

    Liv. 2, 5, 6:

    in comitiorum disceptationem ab lege certamen,

    id. 3, 24, 9:

    ab hominibus ad deos preces,

    id. 6, 20, 10: se alicui, instead of ab aliquo. Col. 6, 37, 10.—And poet. with acc.:

    quo regnum Italiae Libycas averteret oras,

    Verg. A. 4, 106. —With dat.:

    Quod mihi non patrii poterant avertere amici,

    Prop. 4, 24, 9; so Val. Fl. 3, 491.—Also without an antecedent ab (since this is included in the verb) with in with acc.:

    in fugam classem, Liv 22, 19, 11: dissipatos in fugam,

    id. 34, 15, 2; hence absol.:

    mille acies avertit avertetque (sc. in fugam),

    put to flight, id. 9, 19, 17.—
    b.
    Pass. in mid. signif. with the acc., in the Greek manner, to turn away from:

    equus fontes avertitur,

    Verg. G. 3, 499 (cf. the Gr. apostrephesthai to hudôr, and aversari):

    oppositas impasta avertitur herbas,

    Stat. Th. 6, 192; Petr. 124, 248.—
    c.
    As v. n. avertere = se avertere, to turn one's self away, to retire:

    ob eam causam huc abs te avorti,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 83:

    ecce avortit,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 50:

    dixit et avertens roseā cervice refulsit,

    Verg. A. 1, 402:

    tum prora avertit,

    id. ib. 1, 104:

    avertit et ire in Capitolium coepit,

    Gell. 4, 18, 4 al. —
    B.
    To take away, drive away, carry off, steal, embezzle, to appropriate to one ' s self:

    pecuniam publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 4:

    compertum publicam pecuniam avertisse,

    Tac. H. 1, 53:

    aliquid domum tuam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    praedam omnem domum avertebant,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 59:

    intellexistis innumerabilem frumenti numerum per triennium aversum a re publicā esse ereptumque aratoribus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 69 fin.:

    auratam Colchis pellem,

    to carry off, Cat. 64, 5:

    quattuor a stabulis tauros,

    Verg. A. 8, 208:

    avertere praedas,

    id. ib. 10, 78:

    carā pisces avertere mensā,

    Hor. S. 2, 4, 37.—
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To turn, divert a person from a course of action, purpose, etc.:

    accusandi terrores et minae populi opinionem a spe adipiscendi avertunt,

    Cic. Mur. 21:

    avertant animos a spe recuperandae arcis,

    Liv. 9, 24, 11:

    qui mentem optimi viri a defensione meae salutis averterant,

    Cic. Sest. 31:

    ut nec vobis averteretur a certamine animus,

    Liv. 1, 28, 5:

    animum a pietate,

    id. 7, 5, 7:

    aliquem ab incepto avertit,

    id. 23, 18, 9:

    a philosophiā,

    Suet. Ner. 52.—
    B.
    Aliquem, to turn away from one in feeling, i. e. to make averse or disinclined to, to alienate, estrange:

    legiones abducis a Bruto. Quas? nempe eas, quas ille a C. Antonii scelere avertit et ad rem publicam suā auctoritate traduxit,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 3:

    ipse Pompeius totum se ab ejus (sc. Caesaris) amicitiā averterat,

    had quite alienated himself from, Caes. B. C. 1, 4:

    civitates ab alicujus amicitiā,

    id. ib. 3, 79:

    popularium animos,

    Sall. J. 111, 2:

    futurum, uti totius Galliae animi a se averterentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20:

    nobis mentem deorum,

    Cat. 64, 406.—Hence, āver-sus, a, um, P. a.
    A.
    Turned off or away: aversum hostem videre nemo potuit, turned away, i. e. turned in flight, Caes. B. G. 1, 26; hence, backwards, behind, back ( = a tergo; opp. adversus), distant:

    et adversus et aversus impudicus es,

    before and behind, Cic. de Or. 2, 63, 256:

    canities homini semper a priori parte capitis, tum deinde ab aversā,

    Plin. 11, 37, 47, § 131; 11, 52, 113, § 272: ne aversos nostros aggrederentur, fall upon our troops in the rear, Galba ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 30, 3:

    ne aversi ab hoste circumvenirentur,

    from behind, in the rear, Caes. B. G. 2, 26:

    aversos proterere,

    id. B. C. 2, 41: aversi vulnerantur, Auct. B. Alex. 30;

    32: aversum ferro transfixit,

    Nep. Dat. 11, 5:

    aversos boves caudis in speluncam traxit,

    backwards, Liv. 1, 7, 5 (cf. Prop. 5, 9, 12:

    Aversos caudā traxit in antra boves): aversa hosti porta,

    Tac. A. 1, 66:

    scribit in aversā Picens epigrammata chartā,

    upon the back of the paper, Mart. 8, 62 (cf. Juv. 1, 6: liber scriptus in tergo), and so al.— Trop.:

    milites aversi a proelio,

    withdrawn from the battle, Caes. B. C. 2, 12. — Subst.: āversum, i, n., the hinder or back part, the back (as subst. only in the plur.):

    per aversa castrorum receptus est,

    Vell. 2, 63 Ruhnk.:

    per aversa urbis fugam dederat,

    Liv. 5, 29, 4: ad aversa insulae, id. [p. 215] 37, 27, 2:

    aversa montis,

    Plin. 4, 11, 18, § 41: aversa Indiae, the back or remoter parts of India, id. 37, 8, 33, § 110.—So in adverb. phrase: in aversum, backwards:

    Cetera animalia in aversum posterioribus pedibus quam prioribus,

    Plin. 11, 45, 101, § 248 (Jan, in diversum):

    collum circum agit (lynx) in aversum,

    id. 11, 47, 107, § 256 (Jan, in aversum se; Sillig, in adversum). —
    B.
    Disinclined, alienated, unfavorable, opposed, hostile, averse; constr. with ab, with dat., or absol.
    (α).
    With ab (so most frequently in Cicero):

    aversus a Musis,

    Cic. Arch. 9, 20:

    aversus a vero,

    id. Cat. 3, 9, 21:

    turbidi animorum motus, aversi a ratione, et inimicissimi mentis vitaeque tranquillae,

    id. Tusc. 4, 15, 34:

    Quintus aversissimo a me animo fuit,

    id. Att. 11, 5 fin.; Col. 11, 1, 14:

    aversissimus ab istis prodigiis sum,

    Sen. Ep. 50.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    aversus mercaturis,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 107:

    vilicus aversus contubernio,

    Col. 12, 1, 2:

    defensioni aversior,

    Quint. 7, 1, 11 (but acc. to the MSS., adversior seems here to deserve the preference; so Halm; cf. Spald. and Zumpt ad h. l.).—
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    aversa deae mens,

    Verg. A. 2, 170:

    aversa voluntas,

    id. ib. 12, 647:

    aversos soliti componere amicos,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:

    aversus animus,

    Tac. H. 4, 80 et saep.:

    vultus aversior,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 24:

    aversi animis,

    Tac. A. 14, 26.— Adv. not used.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > avorto

  • 14 Magnus

    1.
    magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:

    magnai reipublicai gratia,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
    I.
    Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.

    the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,

    a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:

    magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,

    Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:

    magnus fluens Nilus,

    Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:

    magna et pulcra domus,

    spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    montes,

    Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):

    templa caelitum,

    vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):

    aquae,

    great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    oppidum maximum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:

    maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:

    magna pecunia mutua,

    id. Att. 11, 3, 3:

    copia pabuli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    multitudo peditatus,

    id. ib. 4, 34:

    divitiae,

    Nep. Dion. 1, 2:

    populus,

    Verg. A. 1, 148.—
    2.
    Rarely of time, for longus, multus:

    interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,

    Verg. A. 3, 284:

    magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,

    Macr. S. 2, 11:

    magno post tempore,

    Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
    3.
    Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:

    magna voce confiteri,

    Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:

    tribunorum,

    Liv. 9, 46, 7.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):

    vir magnus in primis,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,

    id. ib. 2, 66, 167:

    magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,

    Nep. Them. 6, 1:

    Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    amicus,

    great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):

    virtus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 15:

    infamia,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 1:

    eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,

    id. ib.:

    multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46:

    causa,

    great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:

    opus et arduum,

    id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:

    quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,

    something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    magna loqui,

    to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:

    magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,

    it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,

    what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:

    quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:

    jam magno natu,

    Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:

    homo magnus natu,

    id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:

    qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:

    audivi ex majoribus natu,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109:

    hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,

    Verg. A. 5, 644:

    annos natus major quadraginta,

    more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    civis major annis viginti,

    Suet. Caes. 42:

    cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,

    Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:

    ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,

    Liv. 6, 34:

    Gelo maximus stirpis,

    id. 23, 30:

    ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,

    App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.

    in gen.: Cyrus major,

    Lact. 4, 5, 7:

    quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,

    Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:

    Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:

    ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:

    L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    patres majoresque nostri,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:

    more majorum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 1:

    spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,

    id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:

    majores natu,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:

    maxima virgo,

    the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:

    de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,

    Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
    2.
    In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:

    magni esse,

    to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:

    magni aestimare,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:

    magni existimans interesse ad decus,

    to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:

    emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,

    id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    magno vendere,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:

    conducere aliquid nimium magno,

    too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:

    magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,

    cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:

    ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,

    Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:

    multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,

    dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:

    senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:

    extollere aliquid in majus,

    more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:

    celebrare,

    id. ib. 13, 8:

    nuntiare,

    id. H. 3, 38:

    credere,

    to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:

    accipere,

    to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
    3.
    Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):

    magnum clamat,

    greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:

    inclamare,

    Gell. 5, 9 fin.:

    exclamat derepente maximum,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
    A.
    Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
    B.
    In gen.
    1.
    With no qualifying words.
    a.
    With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:

    saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:

    magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:

    nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,

    id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:

    quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,

    Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:

    tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:

    quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    id. Cael. 6, 14.—
    (β).
    With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):

    umbra es amantum magis quam amator,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:

    aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,

    id. Mur. 8, 17:

    magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:

    ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 6:

    se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,

    id. ib. 2, 32, 1:

    timori magis quam religioni consulere,

    id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:

    jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),

    Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:

    in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,

    Quint. 9, 1, 23:

    Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,

    Liv. 10, 4, 10:

    pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,

    Sen. Suas. 6, 17:

    non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,

    Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:

    nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,

    Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):

    quid philosophia magis colendum?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:

    quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?

    Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,

    Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):

    Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:

    quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:

    quam mage amo quam matrem meam,

    id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:

    quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:

    jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:

    nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,

    Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:

    neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 54:

    ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:

    corpora magna magis quam firma,

    Liv. 5, 44, 4:

    vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,

    Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:

    neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,

    id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:

    ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,

    Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):

    ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
    b.
    Without the addition of the second term.
    (α).
    With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):

    sapiunt magis,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:

    magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 10, 3:

    magis metuant,

    id. Mil. 5, 44:

    tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:

    cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:

    magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
    (β).
    With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):

    magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,

    better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:

    ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    magis anxius,

    Ov. M. 1, 182:

    hic magis tranquillu'st,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:

    nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:

    nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 21:

    quod est magis verisimile,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:

    magis admirabilis oratio,

    Quint. 8, 3, 24:

    magis communia verba,

    id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;

    nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:

    magis aperte,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:

    magis impense,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:

    magis est dulcius,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:

    magis majores nugae,

    id. Men. prol. 55:

    magis modum in majorem,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 145:

    contentiores mage erunt,

    id. Poen. 2, 15.—
    2.
    Strengthened.
    a.
    By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:

    qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:

    illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,

    id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:

    tanto magis Dic, quis est?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:

    ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 146:

    vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,

    Lucr. 6, 460:

    quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25:

    sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:

    atque eo magis, si, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:

    eoque magis quod, etc.,

    id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;

    5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 787:

    quanto mage... tam magis,

    Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:

    quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 3, 309:

    cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
    b.
    By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:

    cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:

    de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:

    magis deinde ac magis,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    post hoc magis ac magis,

    id. Gram. 3;

    for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,

    id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:

    magis atque magis,

    Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:

    post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,

    id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
    3.
    Pleon.
    a.
    With potius (anteclass.):

    magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:

    mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
    b.
    With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;

    his vero auditis multo magis,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,

    Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
    C.
    In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
    1.
    To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:

    domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,

    i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:

    non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,

    Liv. 22, 27, 2:

    conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:

    si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:

    non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,

    Sen. Ep. 87, 25;

    Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,

    Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:

    nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,

    just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
    2.
    For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:

    deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:

    miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,

    Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
    3.
    Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:

    sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:

    minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,

    Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:

    quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,

    Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:

    quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,

    id. Suas. 1, 5:

    aut minus, aut magis,

    id. Ep. 82, 14.—
    4.
    With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:

    alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:

    sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,

    id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:

    alii aliis magis recusare,

    Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Alone.
    a.
    With a verb:

    haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:

    quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:

    nos coluit maxime,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:

    quem convenire maxime cupiebam,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:

    de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:

    extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,

    id. Quint. 10, 35:

    in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,

    most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,

    came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.

    pugnare,

    most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:

    jubere,

    most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:

    id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:

    ab eo exordiri volui maxime,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    cernere naturae vim maxime,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
    b.
    With an adj.:

    res maxime necessaria,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    loca maxime frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    loci ad hoc maxime idonei,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    maxime naturali carent amicitia,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 80:

    maxime feri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    elegans maxime auctor,

    id. 10, 1, 93:

    maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 37:

    noto enim maxime utar exemplo,

    id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:

    quae maxime liberalissima,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:

    maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),

    Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
    c.
    With numerals, at most:

    puer ad annos maxime natus octo,

    Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
    d.
    With an adv.:

    ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
    2.
    Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):

    qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,

    Curt. 5, 2, 5:

    cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 1:

    quae maxime omnium belli avida,

    Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:

    atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:

    imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:

    hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,

    id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:

    quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,

    id. Part. Or. 33, 114:

    quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,

    as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:

    ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:

    ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:

    quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,

    Sall. C. 1, 3:

    ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,

    Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
    3.
    With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:

    tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,

    as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:

    grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,

    Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
    4.
    With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):

    hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.

    , in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 47:

    ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,

    id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
    5.
    In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:

    hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:

    si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,

    id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:

    in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:

    maxime... dein,

    Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:

    sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,

    Col. 5, 6, 4:

    maxime... deinde... postea... minume,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:

    maxime... postea... ultimae,

    Col. 6, 3, 6:

    post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,

    Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:

    quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:

    scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:

    maxime quod de judicatu meo,

    id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:

    cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,

    id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:

    scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:

    plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:

    tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:

    longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,

    id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:

    cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 9:

    ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,

    Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:

    haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;

    2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:

    tum cum maxime,

    at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,

    tunc cum maxime,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    nunc cum maxime,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
    2.
    In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:

    scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,

    Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
    2.
    Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Magnus

  • 15 magnus

    1.
    magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:

    magnai reipublicai gratia,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
    I.
    Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.

    the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,

    a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:

    magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,

    Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:

    magnus fluens Nilus,

    Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:

    magna et pulcra domus,

    spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    montes,

    Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):

    templa caelitum,

    vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):

    aquae,

    great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    oppidum maximum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:

    maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:

    magna pecunia mutua,

    id. Att. 11, 3, 3:

    copia pabuli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    multitudo peditatus,

    id. ib. 4, 34:

    divitiae,

    Nep. Dion. 1, 2:

    populus,

    Verg. A. 1, 148.—
    2.
    Rarely of time, for longus, multus:

    interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,

    Verg. A. 3, 284:

    magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,

    Macr. S. 2, 11:

    magno post tempore,

    Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
    3.
    Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:

    magna voce confiteri,

    Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:

    tribunorum,

    Liv. 9, 46, 7.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):

    vir magnus in primis,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,

    id. ib. 2, 66, 167:

    magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,

    Nep. Them. 6, 1:

    Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    amicus,

    great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):

    virtus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 15:

    infamia,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 1:

    eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,

    id. ib.:

    multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46:

    causa,

    great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:

    opus et arduum,

    id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:

    quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,

    something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    magna loqui,

    to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:

    magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,

    it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,

    what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:

    quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:

    jam magno natu,

    Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:

    homo magnus natu,

    id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:

    qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:

    audivi ex majoribus natu,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109:

    hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,

    Verg. A. 5, 644:

    annos natus major quadraginta,

    more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    civis major annis viginti,

    Suet. Caes. 42:

    cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,

    Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:

    ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,

    Liv. 6, 34:

    Gelo maximus stirpis,

    id. 23, 30:

    ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,

    App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.

    in gen.: Cyrus major,

    Lact. 4, 5, 7:

    quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,

    Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:

    Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:

    ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:

    L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    patres majoresque nostri,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:

    more majorum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 1:

    spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,

    id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:

    majores natu,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:

    maxima virgo,

    the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:

    de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,

    Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
    2.
    In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:

    magni esse,

    to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:

    magni aestimare,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:

    magni existimans interesse ad decus,

    to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:

    emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,

    id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    magno vendere,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:

    conducere aliquid nimium magno,

    too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:

    magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,

    cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:

    ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,

    Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:

    multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,

    dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:

    senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:

    extollere aliquid in majus,

    more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:

    celebrare,

    id. ib. 13, 8:

    nuntiare,

    id. H. 3, 38:

    credere,

    to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:

    accipere,

    to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
    3.
    Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):

    magnum clamat,

    greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:

    inclamare,

    Gell. 5, 9 fin.:

    exclamat derepente maximum,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
    A.
    Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
    B.
    In gen.
    1.
    With no qualifying words.
    a.
    With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:

    saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:

    magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:

    nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,

    id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:

    quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,

    Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:

    tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:

    quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    id. Cael. 6, 14.—
    (β).
    With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):

    umbra es amantum magis quam amator,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:

    aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,

    id. Mur. 8, 17:

    magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:

    ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 6:

    se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,

    id. ib. 2, 32, 1:

    timori magis quam religioni consulere,

    id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:

    jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),

    Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:

    in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,

    Quint. 9, 1, 23:

    Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,

    Liv. 10, 4, 10:

    pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,

    Sen. Suas. 6, 17:

    non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,

    Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:

    nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,

    Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):

    quid philosophia magis colendum?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:

    quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?

    Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,

    Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):

    Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:

    quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:

    quam mage amo quam matrem meam,

    id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:

    quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:

    jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:

    nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,

    Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:

    neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 54:

    ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:

    corpora magna magis quam firma,

    Liv. 5, 44, 4:

    vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,

    Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:

    neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,

    id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:

    ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,

    Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):

    ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
    b.
    Without the addition of the second term.
    (α).
    With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):

    sapiunt magis,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:

    magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 10, 3:

    magis metuant,

    id. Mil. 5, 44:

    tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:

    cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:

    magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
    (β).
    With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):

    magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,

    better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:

    ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    magis anxius,

    Ov. M. 1, 182:

    hic magis tranquillu'st,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:

    nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:

    nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 21:

    quod est magis verisimile,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:

    magis admirabilis oratio,

    Quint. 8, 3, 24:

    magis communia verba,

    id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;

    nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:

    magis aperte,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:

    magis impense,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:

    magis est dulcius,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:

    magis majores nugae,

    id. Men. prol. 55:

    magis modum in majorem,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 145:

    contentiores mage erunt,

    id. Poen. 2, 15.—
    2.
    Strengthened.
    a.
    By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:

    qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:

    illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,

    id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:

    tanto magis Dic, quis est?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:

    ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 146:

    vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,

    Lucr. 6, 460:

    quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25:

    sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:

    atque eo magis, si, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:

    eoque magis quod, etc.,

    id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;

    5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 787:

    quanto mage... tam magis,

    Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:

    quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 3, 309:

    cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
    b.
    By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:

    cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:

    de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:

    magis deinde ac magis,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    post hoc magis ac magis,

    id. Gram. 3;

    for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,

    id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:

    magis atque magis,

    Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:

    post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,

    id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
    3.
    Pleon.
    a.
    With potius (anteclass.):

    magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:

    mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
    b.
    With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;

    his vero auditis multo magis,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,

    Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
    C.
    In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
    1.
    To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:

    domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,

    i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:

    non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,

    Liv. 22, 27, 2:

    conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:

    si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:

    non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,

    Sen. Ep. 87, 25;

    Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,

    Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:

    nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,

    just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
    2.
    For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:

    deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:

    miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,

    Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
    3.
    Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:

    sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:

    minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,

    Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:

    quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,

    Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:

    quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,

    id. Suas. 1, 5:

    aut minus, aut magis,

    id. Ep. 82, 14.—
    4.
    With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:

    alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:

    sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,

    id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:

    alii aliis magis recusare,

    Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Alone.
    a.
    With a verb:

    haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:

    quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:

    nos coluit maxime,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:

    quem convenire maxime cupiebam,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:

    de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:

    extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,

    id. Quint. 10, 35:

    in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,

    most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,

    came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.

    pugnare,

    most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:

    jubere,

    most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:

    id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:

    ab eo exordiri volui maxime,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    cernere naturae vim maxime,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
    b.
    With an adj.:

    res maxime necessaria,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    loca maxime frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    loci ad hoc maxime idonei,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    maxime naturali carent amicitia,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 80:

    maxime feri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    elegans maxime auctor,

    id. 10, 1, 93:

    maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 37:

    noto enim maxime utar exemplo,

    id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:

    quae maxime liberalissima,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:

    maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),

    Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
    c.
    With numerals, at most:

    puer ad annos maxime natus octo,

    Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
    d.
    With an adv.:

    ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
    2.
    Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):

    qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,

    Curt. 5, 2, 5:

    cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 1:

    quae maxime omnium belli avida,

    Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:

    atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:

    imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:

    hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,

    id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:

    quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,

    id. Part. Or. 33, 114:

    quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,

    as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:

    ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:

    ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:

    quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,

    Sall. C. 1, 3:

    ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,

    Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
    3.
    With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:

    tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,

    as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:

    grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,

    Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
    4.
    With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):

    hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.

    , in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 47:

    ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,

    id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
    5.
    In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:

    hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:

    si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,

    id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:

    in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:

    maxime... dein,

    Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:

    sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,

    Col. 5, 6, 4:

    maxime... deinde... postea... minume,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:

    maxime... postea... ultimae,

    Col. 6, 3, 6:

    post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,

    Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:

    quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:

    scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:

    maxime quod de judicatu meo,

    id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:

    cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,

    id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:

    scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:

    plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:

    tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:

    longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,

    id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:

    cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 9:

    ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,

    Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:

    haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;

    2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:

    tum cum maxime,

    at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,

    tunc cum maxime,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    nunc cum maxime,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
    2.
    In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:

    scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,

    Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
    2.
    Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > magnus

  • 16 majores

    1.
    magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:

    magnai reipublicai gratia,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
    I.
    Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.

    the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,

    a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:

    magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,

    Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:

    magnus fluens Nilus,

    Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:

    magna et pulcra domus,

    spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    montes,

    Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):

    templa caelitum,

    vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):

    aquae,

    great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    oppidum maximum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:

    maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:

    magna pecunia mutua,

    id. Att. 11, 3, 3:

    copia pabuli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    multitudo peditatus,

    id. ib. 4, 34:

    divitiae,

    Nep. Dion. 1, 2:

    populus,

    Verg. A. 1, 148.—
    2.
    Rarely of time, for longus, multus:

    interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,

    Verg. A. 3, 284:

    magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,

    Macr. S. 2, 11:

    magno post tempore,

    Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
    3.
    Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:

    magna voce confiteri,

    Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:

    tribunorum,

    Liv. 9, 46, 7.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):

    vir magnus in primis,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,

    id. ib. 2, 66, 167:

    magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,

    Nep. Them. 6, 1:

    Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    amicus,

    great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):

    virtus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 15:

    infamia,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 1:

    eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,

    id. ib.:

    multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46:

    causa,

    great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:

    opus et arduum,

    id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:

    quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,

    something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    magna loqui,

    to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:

    magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,

    it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,

    what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:

    quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:

    jam magno natu,

    Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:

    homo magnus natu,

    id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:

    qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:

    audivi ex majoribus natu,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109:

    hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,

    Verg. A. 5, 644:

    annos natus major quadraginta,

    more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    civis major annis viginti,

    Suet. Caes. 42:

    cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,

    Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:

    ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,

    Liv. 6, 34:

    Gelo maximus stirpis,

    id. 23, 30:

    ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,

    App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.

    in gen.: Cyrus major,

    Lact. 4, 5, 7:

    quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,

    Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:

    Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:

    ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:

    L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    patres majoresque nostri,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:

    more majorum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 1:

    spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,

    id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:

    majores natu,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:

    maxima virgo,

    the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:

    de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,

    Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
    2.
    In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:

    magni esse,

    to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:

    magni aestimare,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:

    magni existimans interesse ad decus,

    to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:

    emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,

    id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    magno vendere,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:

    conducere aliquid nimium magno,

    too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:

    magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,

    cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:

    ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,

    Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:

    multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,

    dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:

    senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:

    extollere aliquid in majus,

    more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:

    celebrare,

    id. ib. 13, 8:

    nuntiare,

    id. H. 3, 38:

    credere,

    to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:

    accipere,

    to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
    3.
    Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):

    magnum clamat,

    greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:

    inclamare,

    Gell. 5, 9 fin.:

    exclamat derepente maximum,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
    A.
    Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
    B.
    In gen.
    1.
    With no qualifying words.
    a.
    With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:

    saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:

    magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:

    nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,

    id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:

    quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,

    Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:

    tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:

    quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    id. Cael. 6, 14.—
    (β).
    With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):

    umbra es amantum magis quam amator,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:

    aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,

    id. Mur. 8, 17:

    magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:

    ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 6:

    se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,

    id. ib. 2, 32, 1:

    timori magis quam religioni consulere,

    id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:

    jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),

    Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:

    in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,

    Quint. 9, 1, 23:

    Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,

    Liv. 10, 4, 10:

    pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,

    Sen. Suas. 6, 17:

    non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,

    Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:

    nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,

    Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):

    quid philosophia magis colendum?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:

    quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?

    Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,

    Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):

    Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:

    quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:

    quam mage amo quam matrem meam,

    id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:

    quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:

    jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:

    nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,

    Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:

    neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 54:

    ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:

    corpora magna magis quam firma,

    Liv. 5, 44, 4:

    vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,

    Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:

    neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,

    id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:

    ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,

    Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):

    ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
    b.
    Without the addition of the second term.
    (α).
    With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):

    sapiunt magis,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:

    magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 10, 3:

    magis metuant,

    id. Mil. 5, 44:

    tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:

    cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:

    magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
    (β).
    With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):

    magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,

    better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:

    ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    magis anxius,

    Ov. M. 1, 182:

    hic magis tranquillu'st,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:

    nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:

    nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 21:

    quod est magis verisimile,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:

    magis admirabilis oratio,

    Quint. 8, 3, 24:

    magis communia verba,

    id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;

    nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:

    magis aperte,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:

    magis impense,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:

    magis est dulcius,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:

    magis majores nugae,

    id. Men. prol. 55:

    magis modum in majorem,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 145:

    contentiores mage erunt,

    id. Poen. 2, 15.—
    2.
    Strengthened.
    a.
    By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:

    qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:

    illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,

    id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:

    tanto magis Dic, quis est?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:

    ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 146:

    vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,

    Lucr. 6, 460:

    quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25:

    sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:

    atque eo magis, si, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:

    eoque magis quod, etc.,

    id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;

    5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 787:

    quanto mage... tam magis,

    Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:

    quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 3, 309:

    cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
    b.
    By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:

    cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:

    de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:

    magis deinde ac magis,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    post hoc magis ac magis,

    id. Gram. 3;

    for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,

    id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:

    magis atque magis,

    Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:

    post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,

    id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
    3.
    Pleon.
    a.
    With potius (anteclass.):

    magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:

    mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
    b.
    With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;

    his vero auditis multo magis,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,

    Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
    C.
    In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
    1.
    To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:

    domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,

    i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:

    non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,

    Liv. 22, 27, 2:

    conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:

    si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:

    non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,

    Sen. Ep. 87, 25;

    Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,

    Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:

    nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,

    just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
    2.
    For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:

    deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:

    miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,

    Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
    3.
    Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:

    sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:

    minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,

    Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:

    quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,

    Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:

    quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,

    id. Suas. 1, 5:

    aut minus, aut magis,

    id. Ep. 82, 14.—
    4.
    With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:

    alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:

    sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,

    id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:

    alii aliis magis recusare,

    Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Alone.
    a.
    With a verb:

    haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:

    quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:

    nos coluit maxime,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:

    quem convenire maxime cupiebam,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:

    de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:

    extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,

    id. Quint. 10, 35:

    in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,

    most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,

    came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.

    pugnare,

    most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:

    jubere,

    most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:

    id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:

    ab eo exordiri volui maxime,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    cernere naturae vim maxime,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
    b.
    With an adj.:

    res maxime necessaria,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    loca maxime frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    loci ad hoc maxime idonei,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    maxime naturali carent amicitia,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 80:

    maxime feri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    elegans maxime auctor,

    id. 10, 1, 93:

    maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 37:

    noto enim maxime utar exemplo,

    id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:

    quae maxime liberalissima,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:

    maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),

    Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
    c.
    With numerals, at most:

    puer ad annos maxime natus octo,

    Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
    d.
    With an adv.:

    ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
    2.
    Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):

    qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,

    Curt. 5, 2, 5:

    cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 1:

    quae maxime omnium belli avida,

    Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:

    atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:

    imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:

    hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,

    id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:

    quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,

    id. Part. Or. 33, 114:

    quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,

    as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:

    ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:

    ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:

    quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,

    Sall. C. 1, 3:

    ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,

    Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
    3.
    With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:

    tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,

    as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:

    grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,

    Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
    4.
    With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):

    hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.

    , in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 47:

    ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,

    id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
    5.
    In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:

    hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:

    si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,

    id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:

    in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:

    maxime... dein,

    Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:

    sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,

    Col. 5, 6, 4:

    maxime... deinde... postea... minume,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:

    maxime... postea... ultimae,

    Col. 6, 3, 6:

    post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,

    Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:

    quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:

    scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:

    maxime quod de judicatu meo,

    id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:

    cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,

    id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:

    scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:

    plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:

    tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:

    longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,

    id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:

    cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 9:

    ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,

    Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:

    haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;

    2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:

    tum cum maxime,

    at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,

    tunc cum maxime,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    nunc cum maxime,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
    2.
    In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:

    scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,

    Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
    2.
    Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > majores

  • 17 maxume

    1.
    magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:

    magnai reipublicai gratia,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
    I.
    Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.

    the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,

    a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:

    magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,

    Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:

    magnus fluens Nilus,

    Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:

    magna et pulcra domus,

    spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    montes,

    Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):

    templa caelitum,

    vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):

    aquae,

    great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    oppidum maximum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:

    maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:

    magna pecunia mutua,

    id. Att. 11, 3, 3:

    copia pabuli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    multitudo peditatus,

    id. ib. 4, 34:

    divitiae,

    Nep. Dion. 1, 2:

    populus,

    Verg. A. 1, 148.—
    2.
    Rarely of time, for longus, multus:

    interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,

    Verg. A. 3, 284:

    magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,

    Macr. S. 2, 11:

    magno post tempore,

    Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
    3.
    Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:

    magna voce confiteri,

    Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:

    tribunorum,

    Liv. 9, 46, 7.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):

    vir magnus in primis,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,

    id. ib. 2, 66, 167:

    magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,

    Nep. Them. 6, 1:

    Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    amicus,

    great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):

    virtus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 15:

    infamia,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 1:

    eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,

    id. ib.:

    multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46:

    causa,

    great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:

    opus et arduum,

    id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:

    quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,

    something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    magna loqui,

    to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:

    magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,

    it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,

    what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:

    quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:

    jam magno natu,

    Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:

    homo magnus natu,

    id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:

    qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:

    audivi ex majoribus natu,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109:

    hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,

    Verg. A. 5, 644:

    annos natus major quadraginta,

    more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    civis major annis viginti,

    Suet. Caes. 42:

    cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,

    Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:

    ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,

    Liv. 6, 34:

    Gelo maximus stirpis,

    id. 23, 30:

    ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,

    App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.

    in gen.: Cyrus major,

    Lact. 4, 5, 7:

    quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,

    Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:

    Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:

    ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:

    L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    patres majoresque nostri,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:

    more majorum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 1:

    spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,

    id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:

    majores natu,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:

    maxima virgo,

    the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:

    de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,

    Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
    2.
    In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:

    magni esse,

    to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:

    magni aestimare,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:

    magni existimans interesse ad decus,

    to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:

    emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,

    id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    magno vendere,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:

    conducere aliquid nimium magno,

    too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:

    magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,

    cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:

    ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,

    Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:

    multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,

    dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:

    senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:

    extollere aliquid in majus,

    more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:

    celebrare,

    id. ib. 13, 8:

    nuntiare,

    id. H. 3, 38:

    credere,

    to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:

    accipere,

    to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
    3.
    Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):

    magnum clamat,

    greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:

    inclamare,

    Gell. 5, 9 fin.:

    exclamat derepente maximum,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
    A.
    Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
    B.
    In gen.
    1.
    With no qualifying words.
    a.
    With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:

    saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:

    magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:

    nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,

    id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:

    quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,

    Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:

    tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:

    quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    id. Cael. 6, 14.—
    (β).
    With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):

    umbra es amantum magis quam amator,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:

    aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,

    id. Mur. 8, 17:

    magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:

    ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 6:

    se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,

    id. ib. 2, 32, 1:

    timori magis quam religioni consulere,

    id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:

    jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),

    Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:

    in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,

    Quint. 9, 1, 23:

    Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,

    Liv. 10, 4, 10:

    pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,

    Sen. Suas. 6, 17:

    non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,

    Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:

    nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,

    Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):

    quid philosophia magis colendum?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:

    quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?

    Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,

    Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):

    Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:

    quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:

    quam mage amo quam matrem meam,

    id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:

    quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:

    jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:

    nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,

    Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:

    neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 54:

    ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:

    corpora magna magis quam firma,

    Liv. 5, 44, 4:

    vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,

    Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:

    neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,

    id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:

    ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,

    Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):

    ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
    b.
    Without the addition of the second term.
    (α).
    With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):

    sapiunt magis,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:

    magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 10, 3:

    magis metuant,

    id. Mil. 5, 44:

    tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:

    cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:

    magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
    (β).
    With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):

    magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,

    better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:

    ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    magis anxius,

    Ov. M. 1, 182:

    hic magis tranquillu'st,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:

    nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:

    nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 21:

    quod est magis verisimile,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:

    magis admirabilis oratio,

    Quint. 8, 3, 24:

    magis communia verba,

    id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;

    nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:

    magis aperte,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:

    magis impense,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:

    magis est dulcius,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:

    magis majores nugae,

    id. Men. prol. 55:

    magis modum in majorem,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 145:

    contentiores mage erunt,

    id. Poen. 2, 15.—
    2.
    Strengthened.
    a.
    By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:

    qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:

    illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,

    id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:

    tanto magis Dic, quis est?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:

    ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 146:

    vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,

    Lucr. 6, 460:

    quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25:

    sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:

    atque eo magis, si, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:

    eoque magis quod, etc.,

    id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;

    5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 787:

    quanto mage... tam magis,

    Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:

    quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 3, 309:

    cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
    b.
    By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:

    cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:

    de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:

    magis deinde ac magis,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    post hoc magis ac magis,

    id. Gram. 3;

    for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,

    id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:

    magis atque magis,

    Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:

    post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,

    id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
    3.
    Pleon.
    a.
    With potius (anteclass.):

    magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:

    mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
    b.
    With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;

    his vero auditis multo magis,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,

    Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
    C.
    In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
    1.
    To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:

    domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,

    i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:

    non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,

    Liv. 22, 27, 2:

    conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:

    si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:

    non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,

    Sen. Ep. 87, 25;

    Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,

    Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:

    nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,

    just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
    2.
    For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:

    deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:

    miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,

    Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
    3.
    Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:

    sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:

    minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,

    Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:

    quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,

    Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:

    quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,

    id. Suas. 1, 5:

    aut minus, aut magis,

    id. Ep. 82, 14.—
    4.
    With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:

    alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:

    sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,

    id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:

    alii aliis magis recusare,

    Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Alone.
    a.
    With a verb:

    haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:

    quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:

    nos coluit maxime,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:

    quem convenire maxime cupiebam,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:

    de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:

    extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,

    id. Quint. 10, 35:

    in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,

    most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,

    came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.

    pugnare,

    most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:

    jubere,

    most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:

    id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:

    ab eo exordiri volui maxime,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    cernere naturae vim maxime,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
    b.
    With an adj.:

    res maxime necessaria,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    loca maxime frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    loci ad hoc maxime idonei,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    maxime naturali carent amicitia,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 80:

    maxime feri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    elegans maxime auctor,

    id. 10, 1, 93:

    maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 37:

    noto enim maxime utar exemplo,

    id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:

    quae maxime liberalissima,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:

    maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),

    Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
    c.
    With numerals, at most:

    puer ad annos maxime natus octo,

    Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
    d.
    With an adv.:

    ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
    2.
    Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):

    qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,

    Curt. 5, 2, 5:

    cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 1:

    quae maxime omnium belli avida,

    Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:

    atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:

    imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:

    hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,

    id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:

    quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,

    id. Part. Or. 33, 114:

    quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,

    as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:

    ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:

    ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:

    quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,

    Sall. C. 1, 3:

    ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,

    Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
    3.
    With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:

    tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,

    as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:

    grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,

    Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
    4.
    With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):

    hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.

    , in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 47:

    ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,

    id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
    5.
    In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:

    hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:

    si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,

    id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:

    in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:

    maxime... dein,

    Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:

    sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,

    Col. 5, 6, 4:

    maxime... deinde... postea... minume,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:

    maxime... postea... ultimae,

    Col. 6, 3, 6:

    post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,

    Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:

    quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:

    scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:

    maxime quod de judicatu meo,

    id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:

    cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,

    id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:

    scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:

    plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:

    tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:

    longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,

    id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:

    cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 9:

    ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,

    Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:

    haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;

    2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:

    tum cum maxime,

    at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,

    tunc cum maxime,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    nunc cum maxime,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
    2.
    In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:

    scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,

    Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
    2.
    Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > maxume

  • 18 maxumus

    1.
    magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:

    magnai reipublicai gratia,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
    I.
    Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.

    the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,

    a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:

    magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,

    Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:

    magnus fluens Nilus,

    Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:

    magna et pulcra domus,

    spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    montes,

    Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):

    templa caelitum,

    vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):

    aquae,

    great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    oppidum maximum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:

    maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:

    magna pecunia mutua,

    id. Att. 11, 3, 3:

    copia pabuli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    multitudo peditatus,

    id. ib. 4, 34:

    divitiae,

    Nep. Dion. 1, 2:

    populus,

    Verg. A. 1, 148.—
    2.
    Rarely of time, for longus, multus:

    interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,

    Verg. A. 3, 284:

    magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,

    Macr. S. 2, 11:

    magno post tempore,

    Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
    3.
    Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:

    magna voce confiteri,

    Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:

    tribunorum,

    Liv. 9, 46, 7.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):

    vir magnus in primis,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,

    id. ib. 2, 66, 167:

    magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,

    Nep. Them. 6, 1:

    Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    amicus,

    great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):

    virtus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 15:

    infamia,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 1:

    eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,

    id. ib.:

    multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46:

    causa,

    great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:

    opus et arduum,

    id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:

    quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,

    something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    magna loqui,

    to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:

    magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,

    it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,

    what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:

    quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:

    jam magno natu,

    Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:

    homo magnus natu,

    id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:

    qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:

    audivi ex majoribus natu,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109:

    hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,

    Verg. A. 5, 644:

    annos natus major quadraginta,

    more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    civis major annis viginti,

    Suet. Caes. 42:

    cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,

    Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:

    ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,

    Liv. 6, 34:

    Gelo maximus stirpis,

    id. 23, 30:

    ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,

    App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.

    in gen.: Cyrus major,

    Lact. 4, 5, 7:

    quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,

    Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:

    Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:

    ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:

    L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    patres majoresque nostri,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:

    more majorum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 1:

    spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,

    id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:

    majores natu,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:

    maxima virgo,

    the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:

    de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,

    Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
    2.
    In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:

    magni esse,

    to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:

    magni aestimare,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:

    magni existimans interesse ad decus,

    to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:

    emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,

    id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    magno vendere,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:

    conducere aliquid nimium magno,

    too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:

    magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,

    cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:

    ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,

    Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:

    multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,

    dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:

    senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:

    extollere aliquid in majus,

    more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:

    celebrare,

    id. ib. 13, 8:

    nuntiare,

    id. H. 3, 38:

    credere,

    to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:

    accipere,

    to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
    3.
    Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):

    magnum clamat,

    greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:

    inclamare,

    Gell. 5, 9 fin.:

    exclamat derepente maximum,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
    A.
    Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
    B.
    In gen.
    1.
    With no qualifying words.
    a.
    With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:

    saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:

    magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:

    nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,

    id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:

    quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,

    Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:

    tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:

    quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    id. Cael. 6, 14.—
    (β).
    With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):

    umbra es amantum magis quam amator,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:

    aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,

    id. Mur. 8, 17:

    magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:

    ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 6:

    se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,

    id. ib. 2, 32, 1:

    timori magis quam religioni consulere,

    id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:

    jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),

    Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:

    in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,

    Quint. 9, 1, 23:

    Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,

    Liv. 10, 4, 10:

    pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,

    Sen. Suas. 6, 17:

    non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,

    Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:

    nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,

    Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):

    quid philosophia magis colendum?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:

    quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?

    Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,

    Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):

    Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:

    quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:

    quam mage amo quam matrem meam,

    id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:

    quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:

    jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:

    nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,

    Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:

    neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 54:

    ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:

    corpora magna magis quam firma,

    Liv. 5, 44, 4:

    vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,

    Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:

    neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,

    id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:

    ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,

    Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):

    ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
    b.
    Without the addition of the second term.
    (α).
    With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):

    sapiunt magis,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:

    magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 10, 3:

    magis metuant,

    id. Mil. 5, 44:

    tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:

    cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:

    magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
    (β).
    With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):

    magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,

    better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:

    ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    magis anxius,

    Ov. M. 1, 182:

    hic magis tranquillu'st,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:

    nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:

    nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 21:

    quod est magis verisimile,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:

    magis admirabilis oratio,

    Quint. 8, 3, 24:

    magis communia verba,

    id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;

    nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:

    magis aperte,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:

    magis impense,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:

    magis est dulcius,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:

    magis majores nugae,

    id. Men. prol. 55:

    magis modum in majorem,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 145:

    contentiores mage erunt,

    id. Poen. 2, 15.—
    2.
    Strengthened.
    a.
    By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:

    qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:

    illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,

    id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:

    tanto magis Dic, quis est?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:

    ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 146:

    vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,

    Lucr. 6, 460:

    quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25:

    sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:

    atque eo magis, si, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:

    eoque magis quod, etc.,

    id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;

    5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 787:

    quanto mage... tam magis,

    Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:

    quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 3, 309:

    cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
    b.
    By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:

    cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:

    de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:

    magis deinde ac magis,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    post hoc magis ac magis,

    id. Gram. 3;

    for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,

    id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:

    magis atque magis,

    Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:

    post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,

    id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
    3.
    Pleon.
    a.
    With potius (anteclass.):

    magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:

    mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
    b.
    With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;

    his vero auditis multo magis,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,

    Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
    C.
    In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
    1.
    To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:

    domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,

    i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:

    non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,

    Liv. 22, 27, 2:

    conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:

    si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:

    non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,

    Sen. Ep. 87, 25;

    Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,

    Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:

    nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,

    just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
    2.
    For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:

    deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:

    miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,

    Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
    3.
    Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:

    sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:

    minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,

    Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:

    quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,

    Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:

    quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,

    id. Suas. 1, 5:

    aut minus, aut magis,

    id. Ep. 82, 14.—
    4.
    With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:

    alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:

    sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,

    id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:

    alii aliis magis recusare,

    Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Alone.
    a.
    With a verb:

    haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:

    quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:

    nos coluit maxime,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:

    quem convenire maxime cupiebam,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:

    de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:

    extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,

    id. Quint. 10, 35:

    in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,

    most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,

    came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.

    pugnare,

    most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:

    jubere,

    most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:

    id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:

    ab eo exordiri volui maxime,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    cernere naturae vim maxime,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
    b.
    With an adj.:

    res maxime necessaria,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    loca maxime frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    loci ad hoc maxime idonei,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    maxime naturali carent amicitia,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 80:

    maxime feri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    elegans maxime auctor,

    id. 10, 1, 93:

    maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 37:

    noto enim maxime utar exemplo,

    id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:

    quae maxime liberalissima,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:

    maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),

    Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
    c.
    With numerals, at most:

    puer ad annos maxime natus octo,

    Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
    d.
    With an adv.:

    ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
    2.
    Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):

    qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,

    Curt. 5, 2, 5:

    cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 1:

    quae maxime omnium belli avida,

    Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:

    atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:

    imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:

    hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,

    id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:

    quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,

    id. Part. Or. 33, 114:

    quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,

    as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:

    ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:

    ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:

    quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,

    Sall. C. 1, 3:

    ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,

    Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
    3.
    With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:

    tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,

    as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:

    grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,

    Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
    4.
    With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):

    hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.

    , in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 47:

    ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,

    id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
    5.
    In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:

    hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:

    si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,

    id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:

    in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:

    maxime... dein,

    Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:

    sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,

    Col. 5, 6, 4:

    maxime... deinde... postea... minume,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:

    maxime... postea... ultimae,

    Col. 6, 3, 6:

    post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,

    Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:

    quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:

    scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:

    maxime quod de judicatu meo,

    id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:

    cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,

    id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:

    scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:

    plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:

    tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:

    longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,

    id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:

    cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 9:

    ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,

    Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:

    haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;

    2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:

    tum cum maxime,

    at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,

    tunc cum maxime,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    nunc cum maxime,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
    2.
    In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:

    scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,

    Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
    2.
    Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > maxumus

См. также в других словарях:

  • Marco Antonio Ferro — (* nach 1600; † 1662 in Wien) war ein italienischer Komponist und Lautenist des Barock. Leben Marco Antonio Ferro wirkte als Lautenist in Wien, im Vorwort seiner einzigen bekannten Sammlung bezeichnete er sich als „Cavalier Aurato“ (Ritter vom… …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • Ferro — bezeichnet als griechisch lateinisches Präfix vieles, was im chemischen Sinne mit Eisen, im speziellen mit Eisen in der Oxidationsstufe +2 (FeII), zu tun hat Fierro, ehemaliger Name einer Kanarischen Insel, siehe El Hierro Ferro Meridian, früher… …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • Ferro Rodrigues — Eduardo Luís Barreto Ferro Rodrigues (born in Lisbon, November 3, 1949) is a Portuguese politician and economist. He is a first cousin twice removed of António Ferro.He was Minister for Social Security, and later for Public Works in the… …   Wikipedia

  • Antonio Roma — Saltar a navegación, búsqueda Antonio Roma Apodo El Tarzán, El Tano …   Wikipedia Español

  • António Guterres — Mandats 10e Haut commissaire des Nations unies pour les réfugiés …   Wikipédia en Français

  • António Vitorino — A. Vitorino (centre) avec William Perry en 1996 Mandats …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Antonio Roma — sous les couleurs de Boca Juniors (années 1960). Antonio Roma (né le 13 juillet 1932, dans le quartier de Villa Lugano à Buenos Aires) est un footballeur argentin des années 1960. Sommaire …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Antonio Ginestal Machado — António Ginestal Machado (* 3. Mai 1874 in Almeida; † 28. Juni 1940 in Santarém) war ein portugiesischer Gymnasialprofessor, Politiker und Premierminister (Presidente do Conselho de Ministros) während der Ersten Republik. Inhaltsverzeichnis 1… …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • Antonio Cabrini — Saltar a navegación, búsqueda Antonio Cabrini, 2008 Antonio Cabrini (nacido el 8 de octubre de 1957) es un entrenador de fútbol y antiguo jugador de Italia. Jugó como lateral izquierdo, principalmente con la Juventus. Ganó el Mun …   Wikipedia Español

  • Antonio Badile — Saltar a navegación, búsqueda Pala de San Nazaro, detalle, por Antonio Badile …   Wikipedia Español

  • Antonio Bustos — Saltar a navegación, búsqueda Antonio Bustos Información personal Nombre real Antonio Manuel Bustos Alonso Nacimiento Almuñécar, España, 18 de junio de 1986 …   Wikipedia Español

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»